1 /* MIPS-specific support for ELF
2 Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 Most of the information added by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support,
7 N32/64 ABI support added by Mark Mitchell, CodeSourcery, LLC.
8 <mark@codesourcery.com>
9 Traditional MIPS targets support added by Koundinya.K, Dansk Data
10 Elektronik & Operations Research Group. <kk@ddeorg.soft.net>
12 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
14 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
15 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
16 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
17 (at your option) any later version.
19 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
20 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
21 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
22 GNU General Public License for more details.
24 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
25 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
26 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
28 /* This file handles functionality common to the different MIPS ABI's. */
33 #include "libiberty.h"
35 #include "elfxx-mips.h"
38 /* Get the ECOFF swapping routines. */
40 #include "coff/symconst.h"
41 #include "coff/ecoff.h"
42 #include "coff/mips.h"
46 /* This structure is used to hold .got entries while estimating got
50 /* The input bfd in which the symbol is defined. */
52 /* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info, if
53 we have a local symbol; -1 otherwise. */
57 /* If abfd == NULL, an address that must be stored in the got. */
59 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx != -1, the addend of the relocation
60 that should be added to the symbol value. */
62 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx == -1, the hash table entry
63 corresponding to a global symbol in the got (or, local, if
65 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
68 /* The TLS types included in this GOT entry (specifically, GD and
69 IE). The GD and IE flags can be added as we encounter new
70 relocations. LDM can also be set; it will always be alone, not
71 combined with any GD or IE flags. An LDM GOT entry will be
72 a local symbol entry with r_symndx == 0. */
73 unsigned char tls_type
;
75 /* The offset from the beginning of the .got section to the entry
76 corresponding to this symbol+addend. If it's a global symbol
77 whose offset is yet to be decided, it's going to be -1. */
81 /* This structure is used to hold .got information when linking. */
85 /* The global symbol in the GOT with the lowest index in the dynamic
87 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*global_gotsym
;
88 /* The number of global .got entries. */
89 unsigned int global_gotno
;
90 /* The number of .got slots used for TLS. */
91 unsigned int tls_gotno
;
92 /* The first unused TLS .got entry. Used only during
93 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
94 unsigned int tls_assigned_gotno
;
95 /* The number of local .got entries. */
96 unsigned int local_gotno
;
97 /* The number of local .got entries we have used. */
98 unsigned int assigned_gotno
;
99 /* A hash table holding members of the got. */
100 struct htab
*got_entries
;
101 /* A hash table mapping input bfds to other mips_got_info. NULL
102 unless multi-got was necessary. */
103 struct htab
*bfd2got
;
104 /* In multi-got links, a pointer to the next got (err, rather, most
105 of the time, it points to the previous got). */
106 struct mips_got_info
*next
;
107 /* This is the GOT index of the TLS LDM entry for the GOT, MINUS_ONE
108 for none, or MINUS_TWO for not yet assigned. This is needed
109 because a single-GOT link may have multiple hash table entries
110 for the LDM. It does not get initialized in multi-GOT mode. */
111 bfd_vma tls_ldm_offset
;
114 /* Map an input bfd to a got in a multi-got link. */
116 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
{
118 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
121 /* Structure passed when traversing the bfd2got hash table, used to
122 create and merge bfd's gots. */
124 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
126 /* A hashtable that maps bfds to gots. */
128 /* The output bfd. */
130 /* The link information. */
131 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
132 /* A pointer to the primary got, i.e., the one that's going to get
133 the implicit relocations from DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO and
135 struct mips_got_info
*primary
;
136 /* A non-primary got we're trying to merge with other input bfd's
138 struct mips_got_info
*current
;
139 /* The maximum number of got entries that can be addressed with a
141 unsigned int max_count
;
142 /* The number of local and global entries in the primary got. */
143 unsigned int primary_count
;
144 /* The number of local and global entries in the current got. */
145 unsigned int current_count
;
146 /* The total number of global entries which will live in the
147 primary got and be automatically relocated. This includes
148 those not referenced by the primary GOT but included in
150 unsigned int global_count
;
153 /* Another structure used to pass arguments for got entries traversal. */
155 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
157 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
159 unsigned int needed_relocs
;
160 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
163 /* A structure used to count TLS relocations or GOT entries, for GOT
164 entry or ELF symbol table traversal. */
166 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg
168 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
172 struct _mips_elf_section_data
174 struct bfd_elf_section_data elf
;
177 struct mips_got_info
*got_info
;
182 #define mips_elf_section_data(sec) \
183 ((struct _mips_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec))
185 /* This structure is passed to mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f when sorting
186 the dynamic symbols. */
188 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
190 /* The symbol in the global GOT with the lowest dynamic symbol table
192 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*low
;
193 /* The least dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a non-TLS
194 symbol with a GOT entry. */
195 long min_got_dynindx
;
196 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
197 with a GOT entry that is not referenced (e.g., a dynamic symbol
198 with dynamic relocations pointing to it from non-primary GOTs). */
199 long max_unref_got_dynindx
;
200 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index not corresponding to a
201 symbol without a GOT entry. */
202 long max_non_got_dynindx
;
205 /* The MIPS ELF linker needs additional information for each symbol in
206 the global hash table. */
208 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
210 struct elf_link_hash_entry root
;
212 /* External symbol information. */
215 /* Number of R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 relocs against
217 unsigned int possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
219 /* If the R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 reloc is against
220 a readonly section. */
221 bfd_boolean readonly_reloc
;
223 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations
224 related to taking the function's address, i.e. any but
225 R_MIPS_CALL*16 ones -- see "MIPS ABI Supplement, 3rd Edition",
227 bfd_boolean no_fn_stub
;
229 /* If there is a stub that 32 bit functions should use to call this
230 16 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
233 /* Whether we need the fn_stub; this is set if this symbol appears
234 in any relocs other than a 16 bit call. */
235 bfd_boolean need_fn_stub
;
237 /* If there is a stub that 16 bit functions should use to call this
238 32 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
241 /* This is like the call_stub field, but it is used if the function
242 being called returns a floating point value. */
243 asection
*call_fp_stub
;
245 /* Are we forced local? This will only be set if we have converted
246 the initial global GOT entry to a local GOT entry. */
247 bfd_boolean forced_local
;
251 #define GOT_TLS_LDM 2
253 #define GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE 0x40
254 #define GOT_TLS_DONE 0x80
255 unsigned char tls_type
;
256 /* This is only used in single-GOT mode; in multi-GOT mode there
257 is one mips_got_entry per GOT entry, so the offset is stored
258 there. In single-GOT mode there may be many mips_got_entry
259 structures all referring to the same GOT slot. It might be
260 possible to use root.got.offset instead, but that field is
261 overloaded already. */
262 bfd_vma tls_got_offset
;
265 /* MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
267 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
269 struct elf_link_hash_table root
;
271 /* We no longer use this. */
272 /* String section indices for the dynamic section symbols. */
273 bfd_size_type dynsym_sec_strindex
[SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
];
275 /* The number of .rtproc entries. */
276 bfd_size_type procedure_count
;
277 /* The size of the .compact_rel section (if SGI_COMPAT). */
278 bfd_size_type compact_rel_size
;
279 /* This flag indicates that the value of DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP dynamic
280 entry is set to the address of __rld_obj_head as in IRIX5. */
281 bfd_boolean use_rld_obj_head
;
282 /* This is the value of the __rld_map or __rld_obj_head symbol. */
284 /* This is set if we see any mips16 stub sections. */
285 bfd_boolean mips16_stubs_seen
;
288 #define TLS_RELOC_P(r_type) \
289 (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32 \
290 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 \
291 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32 \
292 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64 \
293 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD \
294 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM \
295 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
296 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
297 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
298 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32 \
299 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64 \
300 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
301 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16)
303 /* Structure used to pass information to mips_elf_output_extsym. */
308 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
309 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
;
310 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
314 /* The names of the runtime procedure table symbols used on IRIX5. */
316 static const char * const mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[] =
319 "_procedure_string_table",
320 "_procedure_table_size",
324 /* These structures are used to generate the .compact_rel section on
329 unsigned long id1
; /* Always one? */
330 unsigned long num
; /* Number of compact relocation entries. */
331 unsigned long id2
; /* Always two? */
332 unsigned long offset
; /* The file offset of the first relocation. */
333 unsigned long reserved0
; /* Zero? */
334 unsigned long reserved1
; /* Zero? */
343 bfd_byte reserved0
[4];
344 bfd_byte reserved1
[4];
345 } Elf32_External_compact_rel
;
349 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
350 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
351 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
352 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
353 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
354 unsigned long vaddr
; /* VADDR to be relocated. */
359 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
360 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
361 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
362 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
363 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
371 } Elf32_External_crinfo
;
377 } Elf32_External_crinfo2
;
379 /* These are the constants used to swap the bitfields in a crinfo. */
381 #define CRINFO_CTYPE (0x1)
382 #define CRINFO_CTYPE_SH (31)
383 #define CRINFO_RTYPE (0xf)
384 #define CRINFO_RTYPE_SH (27)
385 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO (0xff)
386 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH (19)
387 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR (0x7ffff)
388 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH (0)
390 /* A compact relocation info has long (3 words) or short (2 words)
391 formats. A short format doesn't have VADDR field and relvaddr
392 fields contains ((VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry) >> 2). */
393 #define CRF_MIPS_LONG 1
394 #define CRF_MIPS_SHORT 0
396 /* There are 4 types of compact relocation at least. The value KONST
397 has different meaning for each type:
400 CT_MIPS_REL32 Address in data
401 CT_MIPS_WORD Address in word (XXX)
402 CT_MIPS_GPHI_LO GP - vaddr
403 CT_MIPS_JMPAD Address to jump
406 #define CRT_MIPS_REL32 0xa
407 #define CRT_MIPS_WORD 0xb
408 #define CRT_MIPS_GPHI_LO 0xc
409 #define CRT_MIPS_JMPAD 0xd
411 #define mips_elf_set_cr_format(x,format) ((x).ctype = (format))
412 #define mips_elf_set_cr_type(x,type) ((x).rtype = (type))
413 #define mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to(x,v) ((x).dist2to = (v))
414 #define mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr(x,d) ((x).relvaddr = (d)<<2)
416 /* The structure of the runtime procedure descriptor created by the
417 loader for use by the static exception system. */
419 typedef struct runtime_pdr
{
420 bfd_vma adr
; /* Memory address of start of procedure. */
421 long regmask
; /* Save register mask. */
422 long regoffset
; /* Save register offset. */
423 long fregmask
; /* Save floating point register mask. */
424 long fregoffset
; /* Save floating point register offset. */
425 long frameoffset
; /* Frame size. */
426 short framereg
; /* Frame pointer register. */
427 short pcreg
; /* Offset or reg of return pc. */
428 long irpss
; /* Index into the runtime string table. */
430 struct exception_info
*exception_info
;/* Pointer to exception array. */
432 #define cbRPDR sizeof (RPDR)
433 #define rpdNil ((pRPDR) 0)
435 static struct mips_got_entry
*mips_elf_create_local_got_entry
436 (bfd
*, bfd
*, struct mips_got_info
*, asection
*, bfd_vma
, unsigned long,
437 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, int);
438 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
439 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, void *);
440 static bfd_vma mips_elf_high
442 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_stub_section_p
444 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
445 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*,
446 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, asection
*, bfd_vma
,
447 bfd_vma
*, asection
*);
448 static hashval_t mips_elf_got_entry_hash
450 static bfd_vma mips_elf_adjust_gp
451 (bfd
*, struct mips_got_info
*, bfd
*);
452 static struct mips_got_info
*mips_elf_got_for_ibfd
453 (struct mips_got_info
*, bfd
*);
455 /* This will be used when we sort the dynamic relocation records. */
456 static bfd
*reldyn_sorting_bfd
;
458 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N32 ABI. */
460 #define ABI_N32_P(abfd) \
461 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI2) != 0)
463 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N64 ABI. */
464 #define ABI_64_P(abfd) \
465 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64)
467 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using NewABI conventions. */
468 #define NEWABI_P(abfd) (ABI_N32_P (abfd) || ABI_64_P (abfd))
470 /* The IRIX compatibility level we are striving for. */
471 #define IRIX_COMPAT(abfd) \
472 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_irix_compat (abfd))
474 /* Whether we are trying to be compatible with IRIX at all. */
475 #define SGI_COMPAT(abfd) \
476 (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) != ict_none)
478 /* The name of the options section. */
479 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME(abfd) \
480 (NEWABI_P (abfd) ? ".MIPS.options" : ".options")
482 /* True if NAME is the recognized name of any SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section.
483 Some IRIX system files do not use MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME. */
484 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P(NAME) \
485 (strcmp (NAME, ".MIPS.options") == 0 || strcmp (NAME, ".options") == 0)
487 /* The name of the stub section. */
488 #define MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME(abfd) ".MIPS.stubs"
490 /* The size of an external REL relocation. */
491 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE(abfd) \
492 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rel)
494 /* The size of an external dynamic table entry. */
495 #define MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE(abfd) \
496 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn)
498 /* The size of a GOT entry. */
499 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE(abfd) \
500 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
502 /* The size of a symbol-table entry. */
503 #define MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE(abfd) \
504 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym)
506 /* The default alignment for sections, as a power of two. */
507 #define MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN(abfd) \
508 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->log_file_align)
510 /* Get word-sized data. */
511 #define MIPS_ELF_GET_WORD(abfd, ptr) \
512 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? bfd_get_64 (abfd, ptr) : bfd_get_32 (abfd, ptr))
514 /* Put out word-sized data. */
515 #define MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD(abfd, val, ptr) \
517 ? bfd_put_64 (abfd, val, ptr) \
518 : bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, ptr))
520 /* Add a dynamic symbol table-entry. */
521 #define MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY(info, tag, val) \
522 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, tag, val)
524 #define MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO(abfd, rtype, rela) \
525 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_rtype_to_howto (rtype, rela))
527 /* Determine whether the internal relocation of index REL_IDX is REL
528 (zero) or RELA (non-zero). The assumption is that, if there are
529 two relocation sections for this section, one of them is REL and
530 the other is RELA. If the index of the relocation we're testing is
531 in range for the first relocation section, check that the external
532 relocation size is that for RELA. It is also assumed that, if
533 rel_idx is not in range for the first section, and this first
534 section contains REL relocs, then the relocation is in the second
535 section, that is RELA. */
536 #define MIPS_RELOC_RELA_P(abfd, sec, rel_idx) \
537 ((NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (&elf_section_data (sec)->rel_hdr) \
538 * get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel \
539 > (bfd_vma)(rel_idx)) \
540 == (elf_section_data (sec)->rel_hdr.sh_entsize \
541 == (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela) \
542 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela))))
544 /* In case we're on a 32-bit machine, construct a 64-bit "-1" value
545 from smaller values. Start with zero, widen, *then* decrement. */
546 #define MINUS_ONE (((bfd_vma)0) - 1)
547 #define MINUS_TWO (((bfd_vma)0) - 2)
549 /* The number of local .got entries we reserve. */
550 #define MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (2)
552 /* The offset of $gp from the beginning of the .got section. */
553 #define ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(abfd) (0x7ff0)
555 /* The maximum size of the GOT for it to be addressable using 16-bit
557 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE(abfd) (ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(abfd) + 0x7fff)
559 /* Instructions which appear in a stub. */
560 #define STUB_LW(abfd) \
562 ? 0xdf998010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
563 : 0x8f998010)) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
564 #define STUB_MOVE(abfd) \
566 ? 0x03e0782d /* daddu t7,ra */ \
567 : 0x03e07821)) /* addu t7,ra */
568 #define STUB_JALR 0x0320f809 /* jalr t9,ra */
569 #define STUB_LI16(abfd) \
571 ? 0x64180000 /* daddiu t8,zero,0 */ \
572 : 0x24180000)) /* addiu t8,zero,0 */
573 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE (16)
575 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
578 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER(abfd) \
579 (ABI_N32_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib32/libc.so.1" \
580 : ABI_64_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib64/libc.so.1" \
581 : "/usr/lib/libc.so.1")
584 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) \
585 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? CONCAT4 (pre,64,_,pos) : CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos))
586 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
587 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_SYM (i) : ELF32_R_SYM (i))
588 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
589 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_MIPS_R_TYPE (i) : ELF32_R_TYPE (i))
590 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
591 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_INFO (s, t) : ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
593 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos)
594 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
596 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
598 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
599 (ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
602 /* The mips16 compiler uses a couple of special sections to handle
603 floating point arguments.
605 Section names that look like .mips16.fn.FNNAME contain stubs that
606 copy floating point arguments from the fp regs to the gp regs and
607 then jump to FNNAME. If any 32 bit function calls FNNAME, the
608 call should be redirected to the stub instead. If no 32 bit
609 function calls FNNAME, the stub should be discarded. We need to
610 consider any reference to the function, not just a call, because
611 if the address of the function is taken we will need the stub,
612 since the address might be passed to a 32 bit function.
614 Section names that look like .mips16.call.FNNAME contain stubs
615 that copy floating point arguments from the gp regs to the fp
616 regs and then jump to FNNAME. If FNNAME is a 32 bit function,
617 then any 16 bit function that calls FNNAME should be redirected
618 to the stub instead. If FNNAME is not a 32 bit function, the
619 stub should be discarded.
621 .mips16.call.fp.FNNAME sections are similar, but contain stubs
622 which call FNNAME and then copy the return value from the fp regs
623 to the gp regs. These stubs store the return value in $18 while
624 calling FNNAME; any function which might call one of these stubs
625 must arrange to save $18 around the call. (This case is not
626 needed for 32 bit functions that call 16 bit functions, because
627 16 bit functions always return floating point values in both
630 Note that in all cases FNNAME might be defined statically.
631 Therefore, FNNAME is not used literally. Instead, the relocation
632 information will indicate which symbol the section is for.
634 We record any stubs that we find in the symbol table. */
636 #define FN_STUB ".mips16.fn."
637 #define CALL_STUB ".mips16.call."
638 #define CALL_FP_STUB ".mips16.call.fp."
640 /* Look up an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
642 #define mips_elf_link_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy, follow) \
643 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) \
644 elf_link_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create), \
647 /* Traverse a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
649 #define mips_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \
650 (elf_link_hash_traverse \
652 (bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \
655 /* Get the MIPS ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
657 #define mips_elf_hash_table(p) \
658 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash))
660 /* Find the base offsets for thread-local storage in this object,
661 for GD/LD and IE/LE respectively. */
663 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
664 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
667 dtprel_base (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
669 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
670 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
== NULL
)
672 return elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
676 tprel_base (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
678 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
679 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
== NULL
)
681 return elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
684 /* Create an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
686 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
687 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
688 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
, const char *string
)
690 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*ret
=
691 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
693 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
696 ret
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
));
698 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
700 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
701 ret
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
702 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
,
706 /* Set local fields. */
707 memset (&ret
->esym
, 0, sizeof (EXTR
));
708 /* We use -2 as a marker to indicate that the information has
709 not been set. -1 means there is no associated ifd. */
711 ret
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
712 ret
->readonly_reloc
= FALSE
;
713 ret
->no_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
715 ret
->need_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
716 ret
->call_stub
= NULL
;
717 ret
->call_fp_stub
= NULL
;
718 ret
->forced_local
= FALSE
;
719 ret
->tls_type
= GOT_NORMAL
;
722 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
726 _bfd_mips_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
728 struct _mips_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
729 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (*sdata
);
731 sdata
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
734 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
736 return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
739 /* Read ECOFF debugging information from a .mdebug section into a
740 ecoff_debug_info structure. */
743 _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*section
,
744 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
)
747 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
750 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
751 memset (debug
, 0, sizeof (*debug
));
753 ext_hdr
= bfd_malloc (swap
->external_hdr_size
);
754 if (ext_hdr
== NULL
&& swap
->external_hdr_size
!= 0)
757 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, section
, ext_hdr
, 0,
758 swap
->external_hdr_size
))
761 symhdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
762 (*swap
->swap_hdr_in
) (abfd
, ext_hdr
, symhdr
);
764 /* The symbolic header contains absolute file offsets and sizes to
766 #define READ(ptr, offset, count, size, type) \
767 if (symhdr->count == 0) \
771 bfd_size_type amt = (bfd_size_type) size * symhdr->count; \
772 debug->ptr = bfd_malloc (amt); \
773 if (debug->ptr == NULL) \
775 if (bfd_seek (abfd, symhdr->offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 \
776 || bfd_bread (debug->ptr, amt, abfd) != amt) \
780 READ (line
, cbLineOffset
, cbLine
, sizeof (unsigned char), unsigned char *);
781 READ (external_dnr
, cbDnOffset
, idnMax
, swap
->external_dnr_size
, void *);
782 READ (external_pdr
, cbPdOffset
, ipdMax
, swap
->external_pdr_size
, void *);
783 READ (external_sym
, cbSymOffset
, isymMax
, swap
->external_sym_size
, void *);
784 READ (external_opt
, cbOptOffset
, ioptMax
, swap
->external_opt_size
, void *);
785 READ (external_aux
, cbAuxOffset
, iauxMax
, sizeof (union aux_ext
),
787 READ (ss
, cbSsOffset
, issMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
788 READ (ssext
, cbSsExtOffset
, issExtMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
789 READ (external_fdr
, cbFdOffset
, ifdMax
, swap
->external_fdr_size
, void *);
790 READ (external_rfd
, cbRfdOffset
, crfd
, swap
->external_rfd_size
, void *);
791 READ (external_ext
, cbExtOffset
, iextMax
, swap
->external_ext_size
, void *);
801 if (debug
->line
!= NULL
)
803 if (debug
->external_dnr
!= NULL
)
804 free (debug
->external_dnr
);
805 if (debug
->external_pdr
!= NULL
)
806 free (debug
->external_pdr
);
807 if (debug
->external_sym
!= NULL
)
808 free (debug
->external_sym
);
809 if (debug
->external_opt
!= NULL
)
810 free (debug
->external_opt
);
811 if (debug
->external_aux
!= NULL
)
812 free (debug
->external_aux
);
813 if (debug
->ss
!= NULL
)
815 if (debug
->ssext
!= NULL
)
817 if (debug
->external_fdr
!= NULL
)
818 free (debug
->external_fdr
);
819 if (debug
->external_rfd
!= NULL
)
820 free (debug
->external_rfd
);
821 if (debug
->external_ext
!= NULL
)
822 free (debug
->external_ext
);
826 /* Swap RPDR (runtime procedure table entry) for output. */
829 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (bfd
*abfd
, const RPDR
*in
, struct rpdr_ext
*ex
)
831 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, in
->adr
, ex
->p_adr
);
832 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regmask
, ex
->p_regmask
);
833 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regoffset
, ex
->p_regoffset
);
834 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregmask
, ex
->p_fregmask
);
835 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregoffset
, ex
->p_fregoffset
);
836 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->frameoffset
, ex
->p_frameoffset
);
838 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->framereg
, ex
->p_framereg
);
839 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->pcreg
, ex
->p_pcreg
);
841 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->irpss
, ex
->p_irpss
);
844 /* Create a runtime procedure table from the .mdebug section. */
847 mips_elf_create_procedure_table (void *handle
, bfd
*abfd
,
848 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*s
,
849 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
)
851 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
852 HDRR
*hdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
854 struct rpdr_ext
*erp
;
856 struct pdr_ext
*epdr
;
857 struct sym_ext
*esym
;
862 unsigned long sindex
;
866 const char *no_name_func
= _("static procedure (no name)");
874 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
876 sindex
= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
880 size
= swap
->external_pdr_size
;
882 epdr
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
886 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_pdr (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) epdr
))
889 size
= sizeof (RPDR
);
890 rp
= rpdr
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
894 size
= sizeof (char *);
895 sv
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
899 count
= hdr
->isymMax
;
900 size
= swap
->external_sym_size
;
901 esym
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
905 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_sym (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) esym
))
909 ss
= bfd_malloc (count
);
912 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_ss (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) ss
))
916 for (i
= 0; i
< (unsigned long) count
; i
++, rp
++)
918 (*swap
->swap_pdr_in
) (abfd
, epdr
+ i
, &pdr
);
919 (*swap
->swap_sym_in
) (abfd
, &esym
[pdr
.isym
], &sym
);
921 rp
->regmask
= pdr
.regmask
;
922 rp
->regoffset
= pdr
.regoffset
;
923 rp
->fregmask
= pdr
.fregmask
;
924 rp
->fregoffset
= pdr
.fregoffset
;
925 rp
->frameoffset
= pdr
.frameoffset
;
926 rp
->framereg
= pdr
.framereg
;
927 rp
->pcreg
= pdr
.pcreg
;
929 sv
[i
] = ss
+ sym
.iss
;
930 sindex
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
934 size
= sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2) + sindex
;
935 size
= BFD_ALIGN (size
, 16);
936 rtproc
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, size
);
939 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= 0;
943 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= count
+ 2;
946 memset (erp
, 0, sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
));
948 str
= (char *) rtproc
+ sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2);
949 strcpy (str
, no_name_func
);
950 str
+= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
951 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
953 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (abfd
, rpdr
+ i
, erp
+ i
);
955 str
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
957 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, -1, (erp
+ count
)->p_adr
);
959 /* Set the size and contents of .rtproc section. */
961 s
->contents
= rtproc
;
963 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
964 matters, but someday it might). */
965 s
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
994 /* Check the mips16 stubs for a particular symbol, and see if we can
998 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
999 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1001 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1002 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
1004 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
1005 && ! h
->need_fn_stub
)
1007 /* We don't need the fn_stub; the only references to this symbol
1008 are 16 bit calls. Clobber the size to 0 to prevent it from
1009 being included in the link. */
1010 h
->fn_stub
->size
= 0;
1011 h
->fn_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1012 h
->fn_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1013 h
->fn_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1016 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
1017 && h
->root
.other
== STO_MIPS16
)
1019 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1020 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1021 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1022 h
->call_stub
->size
= 0;
1023 h
->call_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1024 h
->call_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1025 h
->call_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1028 if (h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
1029 && h
->root
.other
== STO_MIPS16
)
1031 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1032 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1033 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1034 h
->call_fp_stub
->size
= 0;
1035 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1036 h
->call_fp_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1037 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1043 /* R_MIPS16_26 is used for the mips16 jal and jalx instructions.
1044 Most mips16 instructions are 16 bits, but these instructions
1047 The format of these instructions is:
1049 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1050 | JALX | X| Imm 20:16 | Imm 25:21 |
1051 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1053 +-----------------------------------------------+
1055 JALX is the 5-bit value 00011. X is 0 for jal, 1 for jalx.
1056 Note that the immediate value in the first word is swapped.
1058 When producing a relocatable object file, R_MIPS16_26 is
1059 handled mostly like R_MIPS_26. In particular, the addend is
1060 stored as a straight 26-bit value in a 32-bit instruction.
1061 (gas makes life simpler for itself by never adjusting a
1062 R_MIPS16_26 reloc to be against a section, so the addend is
1063 always zero). However, the 32 bit instruction is stored as 2
1064 16-bit values, rather than a single 32-bit value. In a
1065 big-endian file, the result is the same; in a little-endian
1066 file, the two 16-bit halves of the 32 bit value are swapped.
1067 This is so that a disassembler can recognize the jal
1070 When doing a final link, R_MIPS16_26 is treated as a 32 bit
1071 instruction stored as two 16-bit values. The addend A is the
1072 contents of the targ26 field. The calculation is the same as
1073 R_MIPS_26. When storing the calculated value, reorder the
1074 immediate value as shown above, and don't forget to store the
1075 value as two 16-bit values.
1077 To put it in MIPS ABI terms, the relocation field is T-targ26-16,
1081 +--------+----------------------+
1085 +--------+----------------------+
1088 +----------+------+-------------+
1092 +----------+--------------------+
1093 where targ26-16 is sub1 followed by sub2 (i.e., the addend field A is
1094 ((sub1 << 16) | sub2)).
1096 When producing a relocatable object file, the calculation is
1097 (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
1098 When producing a fully linked file, the calculation is
1099 let R = (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
1100 ((R & 0x1f0000) << 5) | ((R & 0x3e00000) >> 5) | (R & 0xffff)
1102 R_MIPS16_GPREL is used for GP-relative addressing in mips16
1103 mode. A typical instruction will have a format like this:
1105 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1106 | EXTEND | Imm 10:5 | Imm 15:11 |
1107 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1108 | Major | rx | ry | Imm 4:0 |
1109 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1111 EXTEND is the five bit value 11110. Major is the instruction
1114 This is handled exactly like R_MIPS_GPREL16, except that the
1115 addend is retrieved and stored as shown in this diagram; that
1116 is, the Imm fields above replace the V-rel16 field.
1118 All we need to do here is shuffle the bits appropriately. As
1119 above, the two 16-bit halves must be swapped on a
1120 little-endian system.
1122 R_MIPS16_HI16 and R_MIPS16_LO16 are used in mips16 mode to
1123 access data when neither GP-relative nor PC-relative addressing
1124 can be used. They are handled like R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16,
1125 except that the addend is retrieved and stored as shown above
1129 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (bfd
*abfd
, int r_type
,
1130 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle
, bfd_byte
*data
)
1132 bfd_vma extend
, insn
, val
;
1134 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS16_GPREL
1135 && r_type
!= R_MIPS16_HI16
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS16_LO16
)
1138 /* Pick up the mips16 extend instruction and the real instruction. */
1139 extend
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, data
);
1140 insn
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, data
+ 2);
1141 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
1144 val
= ((extend
& 0xfc00) << 16) | ((extend
& 0x3e0) << 11)
1145 | ((extend
& 0x1f) << 21) | insn
;
1147 val
= extend
<< 16 | insn
;
1150 val
= ((extend
& 0xf800) << 16) | ((insn
& 0xffe0) << 11)
1151 | ((extend
& 0x1f) << 11) | (extend
& 0x7e0) | (insn
& 0x1f);
1152 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, val
, data
);
1156 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle (bfd
*abfd
, int r_type
,
1157 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle
, bfd_byte
*data
)
1159 bfd_vma extend
, insn
, val
;
1161 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS16_GPREL
1162 && r_type
!= R_MIPS16_HI16
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS16_LO16
)
1165 val
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, data
);
1166 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
1170 insn
= val
& 0xffff;
1171 extend
= ((val
>> 16) & 0xfc00) | ((val
>> 11) & 0x3e0)
1172 | ((val
>> 21) & 0x1f);
1176 insn
= val
& 0xffff;
1182 insn
= ((val
>> 11) & 0xffe0) | (val
& 0x1f);
1183 extend
= ((val
>> 16) & 0xf800) | ((val
>> 11) & 0x1f) | (val
& 0x7e0);
1185 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, insn
, data
+ 2);
1186 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, extend
, data
);
1189 bfd_reloc_status_type
1190 _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1191 arelent
*reloc_entry
, asection
*input_section
,
1192 bfd_boolean relocatable
, void *data
, bfd_vma gp
)
1196 bfd_reloc_status_type status
;
1198 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1201 relocation
= symbol
->value
;
1203 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
1204 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
1206 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
1207 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1209 /* Set val to the offset into the section or symbol. */
1210 val
= reloc_entry
->addend
;
1212 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (val
, 16);
1214 /* Adjust val for the final section location and GP value. If we
1215 are producing relocatable output, we don't want to do this for
1216 an external symbol. */
1218 || (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
1219 val
+= relocation
- gp
;
1221 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
1223 status
= _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
, val
,
1225 + reloc_entry
->address
);
1226 if (status
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
1230 reloc_entry
->addend
= val
;
1233 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1235 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1238 /* Used to store a REL high-part relocation such as R_MIPS_HI16 or
1239 R_MIPS_GOT16. REL is the relocation, INPUT_SECTION is the section
1240 that contains the relocation field and DATA points to the start of
1245 struct mips_hi16
*next
;
1247 asection
*input_section
;
1251 /* FIXME: This should not be a static variable. */
1253 static struct mips_hi16
*mips_hi16_list
;
1255 /* A howto special_function for REL *HI16 relocations. We can only
1256 calculate the correct value once we've seen the partnering
1257 *LO16 relocation, so just save the information for later.
1259 The ABI requires that the *LO16 immediately follow the *HI16.
1260 However, as a GNU extension, we permit an arbitrary number of
1261 *HI16s to be associated with a single *LO16. This significantly
1262 simplies the relocation handling in gcc. */
1264 bfd_reloc_status_type
1265 _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*reloc_entry
,
1266 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, void *data
,
1267 asection
*input_section
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
1268 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1270 struct mips_hi16
*n
;
1272 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
1273 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1275 n
= bfd_malloc (sizeof *n
);
1277 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1279 n
->next
= mips_hi16_list
;
1281 n
->input_section
= input_section
;
1282 n
->rel
= *reloc_entry
;
1285 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1286 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1288 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1291 /* A howto special_function for REL R_MIPS_GOT16 relocations. This is just
1292 like any other 16-bit relocation when applied to global symbols, but is
1293 treated in the same as R_MIPS_HI16 when applied to local symbols. */
1295 bfd_reloc_status_type
1296 _bfd_mips_elf_got16_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1297 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1298 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1300 if ((symbol
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
)) != 0
1301 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (symbol
))
1302 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (symbol
)))
1303 /* The relocation is against a global symbol. */
1304 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1305 input_section
, output_bfd
,
1308 return _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1309 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1312 /* A howto special_function for REL *LO16 relocations. The *LO16 itself
1313 is a straightforward 16 bit inplace relocation, but we must deal with
1314 any partnering high-part relocations as well. */
1316 bfd_reloc_status_type
1317 _bfd_mips_elf_lo16_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1318 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1319 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1322 bfd_byte
*location
= (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
;
1324 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
1325 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1327 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
1329 vallo
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, location
);
1330 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
1333 while (mips_hi16_list
!= NULL
)
1335 bfd_reloc_status_type ret
;
1336 struct mips_hi16
*hi
;
1338 hi
= mips_hi16_list
;
1340 /* R_MIPS_GOT16 relocations are something of a special case. We
1341 want to install the addend in the same way as for a R_MIPS_HI16
1342 relocation (with a rightshift of 16). However, since GOT16
1343 relocations can also be used with global symbols, their howto
1344 has a rightshift of 0. */
1345 if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
)
1346 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MIPS_HI16
, FALSE
);
1348 /* VALLO is a signed 16-bit number. Bias it by 0x8000 so that any
1349 carry or borrow will induce a change of +1 or -1 in the high part. */
1350 hi
->rel
.addend
+= (vallo
+ 0x8000) & 0xffff;
1352 ret
= _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, &hi
->rel
, symbol
, hi
->data
,
1353 hi
->input_section
, output_bfd
,
1355 if (ret
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
1358 mips_hi16_list
= hi
->next
;
1362 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1363 input_section
, output_bfd
,
1367 /* A generic howto special_function. This calculates and installs the
1368 relocation itself, thus avoiding the oft-discussed problems in
1369 bfd_perform_relocation and bfd_install_relocation. */
1371 bfd_reloc_status_type
1372 _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*reloc_entry
,
1373 asymbol
*symbol
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1374 asection
*input_section
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
1375 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1378 bfd_reloc_status_type status
;
1379 bfd_boolean relocatable
;
1381 relocatable
= (output_bfd
!= NULL
);
1383 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
1384 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1386 /* Build up the field adjustment in VAL. */
1388 if (!relocatable
|| (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
1390 /* Either we're calculating the final field value or we have a
1391 relocation against a section symbol. Add in the section's
1392 offset or address. */
1393 val
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
1394 val
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
1399 /* We're calculating the final field value. Add in the symbol's value
1400 and, if pc-relative, subtract the address of the field itself. */
1401 val
+= symbol
->value
;
1402 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->pc_relative
)
1404 val
-= input_section
->output_section
->vma
;
1405 val
-= input_section
->output_offset
;
1406 val
-= reloc_entry
->address
;
1410 /* VAL is now the final adjustment. If we're keeping this relocation
1411 in the output file, and if the relocation uses a separate addend,
1412 we just need to add VAL to that addend. Otherwise we need to add
1413 VAL to the relocation field itself. */
1414 if (relocatable
&& !reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
1415 reloc_entry
->addend
+= val
;
1418 bfd_byte
*location
= (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
;
1420 /* Add in the separate addend, if any. */
1421 val
+= reloc_entry
->addend
;
1423 /* Add VAL to the relocation field. */
1424 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
1426 status
= _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
, val
,
1428 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
1431 if (status
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
1436 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1438 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1441 /* Swap an entry in a .gptab section. Note that these routines rely
1442 on the equivalence of the two elements of the union. */
1445 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
,
1448 in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
1449 in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
1453 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_gptab
*in
,
1454 Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
)
1456 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
1457 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
1461 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_compact_rel
*in
,
1462 Elf32_External_compact_rel
*ex
)
1464 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id1
, ex
->id1
);
1465 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->num
, ex
->num
);
1466 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id2
, ex
->id2
);
1467 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->offset
, ex
->offset
);
1468 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved0
, ex
->reserved0
);
1469 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved1
, ex
->reserved1
);
1473 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_crinfo
*in
,
1474 Elf32_External_crinfo
*ex
)
1478 l
= (((in
->ctype
& CRINFO_CTYPE
) << CRINFO_CTYPE_SH
)
1479 | ((in
->rtype
& CRINFO_RTYPE
) << CRINFO_RTYPE_SH
)
1480 | ((in
->dist2to
& CRINFO_DIST2TO
) << CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH
)
1481 | ((in
->relvaddr
& CRINFO_RELVADDR
) << CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH
));
1482 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, l
, ex
->info
);
1483 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->konst
, ex
->konst
);
1484 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->vaddr
, ex
->vaddr
);
1487 /* A .reginfo section holds a single Elf32_RegInfo structure. These
1488 routines swap this structure in and out. They are used outside of
1489 BFD, so they are globally visible. */
1492 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
,
1495 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
1496 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
1497 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
1498 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
1499 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
1500 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
1504 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_RegInfo
*in
,
1505 Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
)
1507 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
1508 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
1509 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
1510 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
1511 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
1512 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
1515 /* In the 64 bit ABI, the .MIPS.options section holds register
1516 information in an Elf64_Reginfo structure. These routines swap
1517 them in and out. They are globally visible because they are used
1518 outside of BFD. These routines are here so that gas can call them
1519 without worrying about whether the 64 bit ABI has been included. */
1522 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
,
1523 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
)
1525 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
1526 in
->ri_pad
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_pad
);
1527 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
1528 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
1529 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
1530 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
1531 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_64 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
1535 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
,
1536 Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
)
1538 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
1539 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_pad
, ex
->ri_pad
);
1540 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
1541 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
1542 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
1543 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
1544 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
1547 /* Swap in an options header. */
1550 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_External_Options
*ex
,
1551 Elf_Internal_Options
*in
)
1553 in
->kind
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->kind
);
1554 in
->size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->size
);
1555 in
->section
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, ex
->section
);
1556 in
->info
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->info
);
1559 /* Swap out an options header. */
1562 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_Internal_Options
*in
,
1563 Elf_External_Options
*ex
)
1565 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->kind
, ex
->kind
);
1566 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->size
, ex
->size
);
1567 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->section
, ex
->section
);
1568 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->info
, ex
->info
);
1571 /* This function is called via qsort() to sort the dynamic relocation
1572 entries by increasing r_symndx value. */
1575 sort_dynamic_relocs (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
1577 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
;
1578 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
;
1580 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, &int_reloc1
);
1581 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, &int_reloc2
);
1583 return ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc1
.r_info
) - ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc2
.r_info
);
1586 /* Like sort_dynamic_relocs, but used for elf64 relocations. */
1589 sort_dynamic_relocs_64 (const void *arg1 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1590 const void *arg2 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1593 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
[3];
1594 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
[3];
1596 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
1597 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, int_reloc1
);
1598 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
1599 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, int_reloc2
);
1601 return (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1
[0].r_info
)
1602 - ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2
[0].r_info
));
1609 /* This routine is used to write out ECOFF debugging external symbol
1610 information. It is called via mips_elf_link_hash_traverse. The
1611 ECOFF external symbol information must match the ELF external
1612 symbol information. Unfortunately, at this point we don't know
1613 whether a symbol is required by reloc information, so the two
1614 tables may wind up being different. We must sort out the external
1615 symbol information before we can set the final size of the .mdebug
1616 section, and we must set the size of the .mdebug section before we
1617 can relocate any sections, and we can't know which symbols are
1618 required by relocation until we relocate the sections.
1619 Fortunately, it is relatively unlikely that any symbol will be
1620 stripped but required by a reloc. In particular, it can not happen
1621 when generating a final executable. */
1624 mips_elf_output_extsym (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
1626 struct extsym_info
*einfo
= data
;
1628 asection
*sec
, *output_section
;
1630 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1631 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
1633 if (h
->root
.indx
== -2)
1635 else if ((h
->root
.def_dynamic
1636 || h
->root
.ref_dynamic
1637 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
1638 && !h
->root
.def_regular
1639 && !h
->root
.ref_regular
)
1641 else if (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
1642 || (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
1643 && bfd_hash_lookup (einfo
->info
->keep_hash
,
1644 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
1645 FALSE
, FALSE
) == NULL
))
1653 if (h
->esym
.ifd
== -2)
1656 h
->esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
1657 h
->esym
.weakext
= 0;
1658 h
->esym
.reserved
= 0;
1659 h
->esym
.ifd
= ifdNil
;
1660 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1661 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stGlobal
;
1663 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
1664 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
1668 /* Use undefined class. Also, set class and type for some
1670 name
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
1671 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
1672 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
1674 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
1675 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
1676 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1678 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
1680 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
1681 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
1682 h
->esym
.asym
.value
=
1683 mips_elf_hash_table (einfo
->info
)->procedure_count
;
1685 else if (strcmp (name
, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (einfo
->abfd
))
1687 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
1688 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
1689 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= elf_gp (einfo
->abfd
);
1692 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
1694 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
1695 && h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
1696 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
1701 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1702 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
1704 /* When making a shared library and symbol h is the one from
1705 the another shared library, OUTPUT_SECTION may be null. */
1706 if (output_section
== NULL
)
1707 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
1710 name
= bfd_section_name (output_section
->owner
, output_section
);
1712 if (strcmp (name
, ".text") == 0)
1713 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scText
;
1714 else if (strcmp (name
, ".data") == 0)
1715 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
1716 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0)
1717 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSData
;
1718 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rodata") == 0
1719 || strcmp (name
, ".rdata") == 0)
1720 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scRData
;
1721 else if (strcmp (name
, ".bss") == 0)
1722 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
1723 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
1724 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
1725 else if (strcmp (name
, ".init") == 0)
1726 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scInit
;
1727 else if (strcmp (name
, ".fini") == 0)
1728 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scFini
;
1730 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
1734 h
->esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
1735 h
->esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
1738 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
1739 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= h
->root
.root
.u
.c
.size
;
1740 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1741 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
1743 if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scCommon
)
1744 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
1745 else if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scSCommon
)
1746 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
1748 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1749 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
1750 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
1751 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
1752 + sec
->output_offset
1753 + output_section
->vma
);
1755 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1757 else if (h
->root
.needs_plt
)
1759 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hd
= h
;
1760 bfd_boolean no_fn_stub
= h
->no_fn_stub
;
1762 while (hd
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1764 hd
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
1765 no_fn_stub
= no_fn_stub
|| hd
->no_fn_stub
;
1770 /* Set type and value for a symbol with a function stub. */
1771 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stProc
;
1772 sec
= hd
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1774 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1777 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
1778 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
1779 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (hd
->root
.plt
.offset
1780 + sec
->output_offset
1781 + output_section
->vma
);
1783 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1788 if (! bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (einfo
->abfd
, einfo
->debug
, einfo
->swap
,
1789 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
1792 einfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
1799 /* A comparison routine used to sort .gptab entries. */
1802 gptab_compare (const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
1804 const Elf32_gptab
*a1
= p1
;
1805 const Elf32_gptab
*a2
= p2
;
1807 return a1
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
- a2
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
1810 /* Functions to manage the got entry hash table. */
1812 /* Use all 64 bits of a bfd_vma for the computation of a 32-bit
1815 static INLINE hashval_t
1816 mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (bfd_vma addr
)
1819 return addr
+ (addr
>> 32);
1825 /* got_entries only match if they're identical, except for gotidx, so
1826 use all fields to compute the hash, and compare the appropriate
1830 mips_elf_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
1832 const struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry_
;
1834 return entry
->symndx
1835 + ((entry
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_LDM
) << 17)
1836 + (! entry
->abfd
? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.address
)
1838 + (entry
->symndx
>= 0 ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.addend
)
1839 : entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
));
1843 mips_elf_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1
, const void *entry2
)
1845 const struct mips_got_entry
*e1
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry1
;
1846 const struct mips_got_entry
*e2
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry2
;
1848 /* An LDM entry can only match another LDM entry. */
1849 if ((e1
->tls_type
^ e2
->tls_type
) & GOT_TLS_LDM
)
1852 return e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
&& e1
->symndx
== e2
->symndx
1853 && (! e1
->abfd
? e1
->d
.address
== e2
->d
.address
1854 : e1
->symndx
>= 0 ? e1
->d
.addend
== e2
->d
.addend
1855 : e1
->d
.h
== e2
->d
.h
);
1858 /* multi_got_entries are still a match in the case of global objects,
1859 even if the input bfd in which they're referenced differs, so the
1860 hash computation and compare functions are adjusted
1864 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
1866 const struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry_
;
1868 return entry
->symndx
1870 ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.address
)
1871 : entry
->symndx
>= 0
1872 ? ((entry
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_LDM
)
1873 ? (GOT_TLS_LDM
<< 17)
1875 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.addend
)))
1876 : entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
);
1880 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1
, const void *entry2
)
1882 const struct mips_got_entry
*e1
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry1
;
1883 const struct mips_got_entry
*e2
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry2
;
1885 /* Any two LDM entries match. */
1886 if (e1
->tls_type
& e2
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_LDM
)
1889 /* Nothing else matches an LDM entry. */
1890 if ((e1
->tls_type
^ e2
->tls_type
) & GOT_TLS_LDM
)
1893 return e1
->symndx
== e2
->symndx
1894 && (e1
->symndx
>= 0 ? e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.addend
== e2
->d
.addend
1895 : e1
->abfd
== NULL
|| e2
->abfd
== NULL
1896 ? e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.address
== e2
->d
.address
1897 : e1
->d
.h
== e2
->d
.h
);
1900 /* Returns the dynamic relocation section for DYNOBJ. */
1903 mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (bfd
*dynobj
, bfd_boolean create_p
)
1905 static const char dname
[] = ".rel.dyn";
1908 sreloc
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, dname
);
1909 if (sreloc
== NULL
&& create_p
)
1911 sreloc
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (dynobj
, dname
,
1916 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
1919 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, sreloc
,
1920 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj
)))
1926 /* Returns the GOT section for ABFD. */
1929 mips_elf_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean maybe_excluded
)
1931 asection
*sgot
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".got");
1933 || (! maybe_excluded
&& (sgot
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0))
1938 /* Returns the GOT information associated with the link indicated by
1939 INFO. If SGOTP is non-NULL, it is filled in with the GOT
1942 static struct mips_got_info
*
1943 mips_elf_got_info (bfd
*abfd
, asection
**sgotp
)
1946 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
1948 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (abfd
, TRUE
);
1949 BFD_ASSERT (sgot
!= NULL
);
1950 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) != NULL
);
1951 g
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
1952 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
1955 *sgotp
= (sgot
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0 ? sgot
: NULL
;
1960 /* Count the number of relocations needed for a TLS GOT entry, with
1961 access types from TLS_TYPE, and symbol H (or a local symbol if H
1965 mips_tls_got_relocs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, unsigned char tls_type
,
1966 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1970 bfd_boolean need_relocs
= FALSE
;
1971 bfd_boolean dyn
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
;
1973 if (h
&& WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn
, info
->shared
, h
)
1974 && (!info
->shared
|| !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
)))
1977 if ((info
->shared
|| indx
!= 0)
1979 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
1980 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
1986 if (tls_type
& GOT_TLS_GD
)
1993 if (tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
)
1996 if ((tls_type
& GOT_TLS_LDM
) && info
->shared
)
2002 /* Count the number of TLS relocations required for the GOT entry in
2003 ARG1, if it describes a local symbol. */
2006 mips_elf_count_local_tls_relocs (void **arg1
, void *arg2
)
2008 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= * (struct mips_got_entry
**) arg1
;
2009 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg
*arg
= arg2
;
2011 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
&& entry
->symndx
!= -1)
2012 arg
->needed
+= mips_tls_got_relocs (arg
->info
, entry
->tls_type
, NULL
);
2017 /* Count the number of TLS GOT entries required for the global (or
2018 forced-local) symbol in ARG1. */
2021 mips_elf_count_global_tls_entries (void *arg1
, void *arg2
)
2023 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hm
2024 = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) arg1
;
2025 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg
*arg
= arg2
;
2027 if (hm
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_GD
)
2029 if (hm
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
)
2035 /* Count the number of TLS relocations required for the global (or
2036 forced-local) symbol in ARG1. */
2039 mips_elf_count_global_tls_relocs (void *arg1
, void *arg2
)
2041 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hm
2042 = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) arg1
;
2043 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg
*arg
= arg2
;
2045 arg
->needed
+= mips_tls_got_relocs (arg
->info
, hm
->tls_type
, &hm
->root
);
2050 /* Output a simple dynamic relocation into SRELOC. */
2053 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (bfd
*output_bfd
,
2059 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
2061 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
2063 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, indx
, r_type
);
2064 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
= offset
;
2066 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
2068 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_out
)
2069 (output_bfd
, &rel
[0],
2071 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)));
2074 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
2075 (output_bfd
, &rel
[0],
2077 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
2078 ++sreloc
->reloc_count
;
2081 /* Initialize a set of TLS GOT entries for one symbol. */
2084 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_vma got_offset
,
2085 unsigned char *tls_type_p
,
2086 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2087 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2091 asection
*sreloc
, *sgot
;
2092 bfd_vma offset
, offset2
;
2094 bfd_boolean need_relocs
= FALSE
;
2096 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
2097 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
2102 bfd_boolean dyn
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
;
2104 if (WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn
, info
->shared
, &h
->root
)
2105 && (!info
->shared
|| !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
)))
2106 indx
= h
->root
.dynindx
;
2109 if (*tls_type_p
& GOT_TLS_DONE
)
2112 if ((info
->shared
|| indx
!= 0)
2114 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
2115 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
2118 /* MINUS_ONE means the symbol is not defined in this object. It may not
2119 be defined at all; assume that the value doesn't matter in that
2120 case. Otherwise complain if we would use the value. */
2121 BFD_ASSERT (value
!= MINUS_ONE
|| (indx
!= 0 && need_relocs
)
2122 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
);
2124 /* Emit necessary relocations. */
2125 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
2127 /* General Dynamic. */
2128 if (*tls_type_p
& GOT_TLS_GD
)
2130 offset
= got_offset
;
2131 offset2
= offset
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
2135 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
2136 (abfd
, sreloc
, indx
,
2137 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32
,
2138 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ offset
);
2141 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
2142 (abfd
, sreloc
, indx
,
2143 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32
,
2144 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ offset2
);
2146 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- dtprel_base (info
),
2147 sgot
->contents
+ offset2
);
2151 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 1,
2152 sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
2153 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- dtprel_base (info
),
2154 sgot
->contents
+ offset2
);
2157 got_offset
+= 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
2160 /* Initial Exec model. */
2161 if (*tls_type_p
& GOT_TLS_IE
)
2163 offset
= got_offset
;
2168 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
,
2169 sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
2171 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 0,
2172 sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
2174 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
2175 (abfd
, sreloc
, indx
,
2176 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64
: R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32
,
2177 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ offset
);
2180 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- tprel_base (info
),
2181 sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
2184 if (*tls_type_p
& GOT_TLS_LDM
)
2186 /* The initial offset is zero, and the LD offsets will include the
2187 bias by DTP_OFFSET. */
2188 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 0,
2189 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
2190 + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
));
2193 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 1,
2194 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
2196 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
2197 (abfd
, sreloc
, indx
,
2198 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32
,
2199 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset
);
2202 *tls_type_p
|= GOT_TLS_DONE
;
2205 /* Return the GOT index to use for a relocation of type R_TYPE against
2206 a symbol accessed using TLS_TYPE models. The GOT entries for this
2207 symbol in this GOT start at GOT_INDEX. This function initializes the
2208 GOT entries and corresponding relocations. */
2211 mips_tls_got_index (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_vma got_index
, unsigned char *tls_type
,
2212 int r_type
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2213 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, bfd_vma symbol
)
2215 BFD_ASSERT (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
|| r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GD
2216 || r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
);
2218 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (abfd
, got_index
, tls_type
, info
, h
, symbol
);
2220 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
)
2222 BFD_ASSERT (*tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
);
2223 if (*tls_type
& GOT_TLS_GD
)
2224 return got_index
+ 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
2229 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GD
)
2231 BFD_ASSERT (*tls_type
& GOT_TLS_GD
);
2235 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
)
2237 BFD_ASSERT (*tls_type
& GOT_TLS_LDM
);
2244 /* Returns the GOT offset at which the indicated address can be found.
2245 If there is not yet a GOT entry for this value, create one. If
2246 R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol, create a TLS GOT entry instead.
2247 Returns -1 if no satisfactory GOT offset can be found. */
2250 mips_elf_local_got_index (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2251 bfd_vma value
, unsigned long r_symndx
,
2252 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, int r_type
)
2255 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2256 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
2258 g
= mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
, &sgot
);
2260 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, ibfd
, g
, sgot
, value
,
2261 r_symndx
, h
, r_type
);
2265 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
))
2266 return mips_tls_got_index (abfd
, entry
->gotidx
, &entry
->tls_type
, r_type
,
2269 return entry
->gotidx
;
2272 /* Returns the GOT index for the global symbol indicated by H. */
2275 mips_elf_global_got_index (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2276 int r_type
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
2280 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
2281 long global_got_dynindx
= 0;
2283 gg
= g
= mips_elf_got_info (abfd
, &sgot
);
2284 if (g
->bfd2got
&& ibfd
)
2286 struct mips_got_entry e
, *p
;
2288 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
>= 0);
2290 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g
, ibfd
);
2291 if (g
->next
!= gg
|| TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
))
2295 e
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
;
2298 p
= htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &e
);
2300 BFD_ASSERT (p
->gotidx
> 0);
2302 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
))
2304 bfd_vma value
= MINUS_ONE
;
2305 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2306 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2307 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
)
2308 value
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
2309 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
2310 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
);
2312 return mips_tls_got_index (abfd
, p
->gotidx
, &p
->tls_type
, r_type
,
2313 info
, e
.d
.h
, value
);
2320 if (gg
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
)
2321 global_got_dynindx
= gg
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
2323 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
))
2325 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hm
2326 = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
2327 bfd_vma value
= MINUS_ONE
;
2329 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2330 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2331 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
)
2332 value
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
2333 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
2334 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
);
2336 index
= mips_tls_got_index (abfd
, hm
->tls_got_offset
, &hm
->tls_type
,
2337 r_type
, info
, hm
, value
);
2341 /* Once we determine the global GOT entry with the lowest dynamic
2342 symbol table index, we must put all dynamic symbols with greater
2343 indices into the GOT. That makes it easy to calculate the GOT
2345 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
>= global_got_dynindx
);
2346 index
= ((h
->dynindx
- global_got_dynindx
+ g
->local_gotno
)
2347 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
));
2349 BFD_ASSERT (index
< sgot
->size
);
2354 /* Find a GOT entry that is within 32KB of the VALUE. These entries
2355 are supposed to be placed at small offsets in the GOT, i.e.,
2356 within 32KB of GP. Return the index into the GOT for this page,
2357 and store the offset from this entry to the desired address in
2358 OFFSETP, if it is non-NULL. */
2361 mips_elf_got_page (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2362 bfd_vma value
, bfd_vma
*offsetp
)
2365 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2367 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
2369 g
= mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
, &sgot
);
2371 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, ibfd
, g
, sgot
,
2373 & (~(bfd_vma
)0xffff), 0,
2374 NULL
, R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
);
2379 index
= entry
->gotidx
;
2382 *offsetp
= value
- entry
->d
.address
;
2387 /* Find a GOT entry whose higher-order 16 bits are the same as those
2388 for value. Return the index into the GOT for this entry. */
2391 mips_elf_got16_entry (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2392 bfd_vma value
, bfd_boolean external
)
2395 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2396 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
2400 /* Although the ABI says that it is "the high-order 16 bits" that we
2401 want, it is really the %high value. The complete value is
2402 calculated with a `addiu' of a LO16 relocation, just as with a
2404 value
= mips_elf_high (value
) << 16;
2407 g
= mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
, &sgot
);
2409 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, ibfd
, g
, sgot
, value
, 0, NULL
,
2412 return entry
->gotidx
;
2417 /* Returns the offset for the entry at the INDEXth position
2421 mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (bfd
*dynobj
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
2422 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_vma index
)
2426 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2428 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, &sgot
);
2429 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
)
2430 + mips_elf_adjust_gp (output_bfd
, g
, input_bfd
);
2432 return sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ sgot
->output_offset
+ index
- gp
;
2435 /* Create a local GOT entry for VALUE. Return the index of the entry,
2436 or -1 if it could not be created. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol,
2437 create a TLS entry instead. */
2439 static struct mips_got_entry
*
2440 mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
,
2441 struct mips_got_info
*gg
,
2442 asection
*sgot
, bfd_vma value
,
2443 unsigned long r_symndx
,
2444 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2447 struct mips_got_entry entry
, **loc
;
2448 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2452 entry
.d
.address
= value
;
2455 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg
, ibfd
);
2458 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg
, abfd
);
2459 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
2462 /* We might have a symbol, H, if it has been forced local. Use the
2463 global entry then. It doesn't matter whether an entry is local
2464 or global for TLS, since the dynamic linker does not
2465 automatically relocate TLS GOT entries. */
2466 BFD_ASSERT (h
== NULL
|| h
->root
.forced_local
);
2467 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
))
2469 struct mips_got_entry
*p
;
2472 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
)
2474 entry
.tls_type
= GOT_TLS_LDM
;
2480 entry
.symndx
= r_symndx
;
2486 p
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)
2487 htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &entry
);
2493 loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
**) htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &entry
,
2498 entry
.gotidx
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
) * g
->assigned_gotno
++;
2501 *loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof entry
);
2506 memcpy (*loc
, &entry
, sizeof entry
);
2508 if (g
->assigned_gotno
>= g
->local_gotno
)
2510 (*loc
)->gotidx
= -1;
2511 /* We didn't allocate enough space in the GOT. */
2512 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2513 (_("not enough GOT space for local GOT entries"));
2514 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2518 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
,
2519 (sgot
->contents
+ entry
.gotidx
));
2524 /* Sort the dynamic symbol table so that symbols that need GOT entries
2525 appear towards the end. This reduces the amount of GOT space
2526 required. MAX_LOCAL is used to set the number of local symbols
2527 known to be in the dynamic symbol table. During
2528 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections, this value is 1. Afterward, the
2529 section symbols are added and the count is higher. */
2532 mips_elf_sort_hash_table (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, unsigned long max_local
)
2534 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data hsd
;
2535 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2538 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
2540 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, NULL
);
2543 hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
=
2544 hsd
.min_got_dynindx
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
2545 /* In the multi-got case, assigned_gotno of the master got_info
2546 indicate the number of entries that aren't referenced in the
2547 primary GOT, but that must have entries because there are
2548 dynamic relocations that reference it. Since they aren't
2549 referenced, we move them to the end of the GOT, so that they
2550 don't prevent other entries that are referenced from getting
2551 too large offsets. */
2552 - (g
->next
? g
->assigned_gotno
: 0);
2553 hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
= max_local
;
2554 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*)
2555 elf_hash_table (info
)),
2556 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
,
2559 /* There should have been enough room in the symbol table to
2560 accommodate both the GOT and non-GOT symbols. */
2561 BFD_ASSERT (hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
<= hsd
.min_got_dynindx
);
2562 BFD_ASSERT ((unsigned long)hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
2563 <= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
);
2565 /* Now we know which dynamic symbol has the lowest dynamic symbol
2566 table index in the GOT. */
2567 g
->global_gotsym
= hsd
.low
;
2572 /* If H needs a GOT entry, assign it the highest available dynamic
2573 index. Otherwise, assign it the lowest available dynamic
2577 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2579 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
*hsd
= data
;
2581 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2582 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
2584 /* Symbols without dynamic symbol table entries aren't interesting
2586 if (h
->root
.dynindx
== -1)
2589 /* Global symbols that need GOT entries that are not explicitly
2590 referenced are marked with got offset 2. Those that are
2591 referenced get a 1, and those that don't need GOT entries get
2593 if (h
->root
.got
.offset
== 2)
2595 BFD_ASSERT (h
->tls_type
== GOT_NORMAL
);
2597 if (hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
== hsd
->min_got_dynindx
)
2598 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
2599 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
++;
2601 else if (h
->root
.got
.offset
!= 1)
2602 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_non_got_dynindx
++;
2605 BFD_ASSERT (h
->tls_type
== GOT_NORMAL
);
2607 h
->root
.dynindx
= --hsd
->min_got_dynindx
;
2608 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
2614 /* If H is a symbol that needs a global GOT entry, but has a dynamic
2615 symbol table index lower than any we've seen to date, record it for
2619 mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2620 bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2621 struct mips_got_info
*g
,
2622 unsigned char tls_flag
)
2624 struct mips_got_entry entry
, **loc
;
2626 /* A global symbol in the GOT must also be in the dynamic symbol
2628 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
2630 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
2634 _bfd_mips_elf_hide_symbol (info
, h
, TRUE
);
2637 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
2643 entry
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
2646 loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
**) htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &entry
,
2649 /* If we've already marked this entry as needing GOT space, we don't
2650 need to do it again. */
2653 (*loc
)->tls_type
|= tls_flag
;
2657 *loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof entry
);
2663 entry
.tls_type
= tls_flag
;
2665 memcpy (*loc
, &entry
, sizeof entry
);
2667 if (h
->got
.offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
2670 /* By setting this to a value other than -1, we are indicating that
2671 there needs to be a GOT entry for H. Avoid using zero, as the
2672 generic ELF copy_indirect_symbol tests for <= 0. */
2679 /* Reserve space in G for a GOT entry containing the value of symbol
2680 SYMNDX in input bfd ABDF, plus ADDEND. */
2683 mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, long symndx
, bfd_vma addend
,
2684 struct mips_got_info
*g
,
2685 unsigned char tls_flag
)
2687 struct mips_got_entry entry
, **loc
;
2690 entry
.symndx
= symndx
;
2691 entry
.d
.addend
= addend
;
2692 entry
.tls_type
= tls_flag
;
2693 loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
**)
2694 htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &entry
, INSERT
);
2698 if (tls_flag
== GOT_TLS_GD
&& !((*loc
)->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_GD
))
2701 (*loc
)->tls_type
|= tls_flag
;
2703 else if (tls_flag
== GOT_TLS_IE
&& !((*loc
)->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
))
2706 (*loc
)->tls_type
|= tls_flag
;
2714 entry
.tls_type
= tls_flag
;
2715 if (tls_flag
== GOT_TLS_IE
)
2717 else if (tls_flag
== GOT_TLS_GD
)
2719 else if (g
->tls_ldm_offset
== MINUS_ONE
)
2721 g
->tls_ldm_offset
= MINUS_TWO
;
2727 entry
.gotidx
= g
->local_gotno
++;
2731 *loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof entry
);
2736 memcpy (*loc
, &entry
, sizeof entry
);
2741 /* Compute the hash value of the bfd in a bfd2got hash entry. */
2744 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
2746 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*entry
2747 = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)entry_
;
2749 return entry
->bfd
->id
;
2752 /* Check whether two hash entries have the same bfd. */
2755 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq (const void *entry1
, const void *entry2
)
2757 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*e1
2758 = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)entry1
;
2759 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*e2
2760 = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)entry2
;
2762 return e1
->bfd
== e2
->bfd
;
2765 /* In a multi-got link, determine the GOT to be used for IBDF. G must
2766 be the master GOT data. */
2768 static struct mips_got_info
*
2769 mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (struct mips_got_info
*g
, bfd
*ibfd
)
2771 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash e
, *p
;
2777 p
= htab_find (g
->bfd2got
, &e
);
2778 return p
? p
->g
: NULL
;
2781 /* Create one separate got for each bfd that has entries in the global
2782 got, such that we can tell how many local and global entries each
2786 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd (void **entryp
, void *p
)
2788 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
2789 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
= (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*)p
;
2790 htab_t bfd2got
= arg
->bfd2got
;
2791 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2792 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash bfdgot_entry
, *bfdgot
;
2795 /* Find the got_info for this GOT entry's input bfd. Create one if
2797 bfdgot_entry
.bfd
= entry
->abfd
;
2798 bfdgotp
= htab_find_slot (bfd2got
, &bfdgot_entry
, INSERT
);
2799 bfdgot
= (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)*bfdgotp
;
2805 bfdgot
= (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)bfd_alloc
2806 (arg
->obfd
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
));
2816 bfdgot
->bfd
= entry
->abfd
;
2817 bfdgot
->g
= g
= (struct mips_got_info
*)
2818 bfd_alloc (arg
->obfd
, sizeof (struct mips_got_info
));
2825 g
->global_gotsym
= NULL
;
2826 g
->global_gotno
= 0;
2828 g
->assigned_gotno
= -1;
2830 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= 0;
2831 g
->tls_ldm_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
2832 g
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash
,
2833 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
2834 if (g
->got_entries
== NULL
)
2844 /* Insert the GOT entry in the bfd's got entry hash table. */
2845 entryp
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
2846 if (*entryp
!= NULL
)
2851 if (entry
->tls_type
)
2853 if (entry
->tls_type
& (GOT_TLS_GD
| GOT_TLS_LDM
))
2855 if (entry
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
)
2858 else if (entry
->symndx
>= 0 || entry
->d
.h
->forced_local
)
2866 /* Attempt to merge gots of different input bfds. Try to use as much
2867 as possible of the primary got, since it doesn't require explicit
2868 dynamic relocations, but don't use bfds that would reference global
2869 symbols out of the addressable range. Failing the primary got,
2870 attempt to merge with the current got, or finish the current got
2871 and then make make the new got current. */
2874 mips_elf_merge_gots (void **bfd2got_
, void *p
)
2876 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*bfd2got
2877 = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)*bfd2got_
;
2878 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
= (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*)p
;
2879 unsigned int lcount
= bfd2got
->g
->local_gotno
;
2880 unsigned int gcount
= bfd2got
->g
->global_gotno
;
2881 unsigned int tcount
= bfd2got
->g
->tls_gotno
;
2882 unsigned int maxcnt
= arg
->max_count
;
2883 bfd_boolean too_many_for_tls
= FALSE
;
2885 /* We place TLS GOT entries after both locals and globals. The globals
2886 for the primary GOT may overflow the normal GOT size limit, so be
2887 sure not to merge a GOT which requires TLS with the primary GOT in that
2888 case. This doesn't affect non-primary GOTs. */
2891 unsigned int primary_total
= lcount
+ tcount
+ arg
->global_count
;
2892 if (primary_total
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (bfd2got
->bfd
)
2893 >= MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (bfd2got
->bfd
))
2894 too_many_for_tls
= TRUE
;
2897 /* If we don't have a primary GOT and this is not too big, use it as
2898 a starting point for the primary GOT. */
2899 if (! arg
->primary
&& lcount
+ gcount
+ tcount
<= maxcnt
2900 && ! too_many_for_tls
)
2902 arg
->primary
= bfd2got
->g
;
2903 arg
->primary_count
= lcount
+ gcount
;
2905 /* If it looks like we can merge this bfd's entries with those of
2906 the primary, merge them. The heuristics is conservative, but we
2907 don't have to squeeze it too hard. */
2908 else if (arg
->primary
&& ! too_many_for_tls
2909 && (arg
->primary_count
+ lcount
+ gcount
+ tcount
) <= maxcnt
)
2911 struct mips_got_info
*g
= bfd2got
->g
;
2912 int old_lcount
= arg
->primary
->local_gotno
;
2913 int old_gcount
= arg
->primary
->global_gotno
;
2914 int old_tcount
= arg
->primary
->tls_gotno
;
2916 bfd2got
->g
= arg
->primary
;
2918 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
,
2919 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd
,
2921 if (arg
->obfd
== NULL
)
2924 htab_delete (g
->got_entries
);
2925 /* We don't have to worry about releasing memory of the actual
2926 got entries, since they're all in the master got_entries hash
2929 BFD_ASSERT (old_lcount
+ lcount
>= arg
->primary
->local_gotno
);
2930 BFD_ASSERT (old_gcount
+ gcount
>= arg
->primary
->global_gotno
);
2931 BFD_ASSERT (old_tcount
+ tcount
>= arg
->primary
->tls_gotno
);
2933 arg
->primary_count
= arg
->primary
->local_gotno
2934 + arg
->primary
->global_gotno
+ arg
->primary
->tls_gotno
;
2936 /* If we can merge with the last-created got, do it. */
2937 else if (arg
->current
2938 && arg
->current_count
+ lcount
+ gcount
+ tcount
<= maxcnt
)
2940 struct mips_got_info
*g
= bfd2got
->g
;
2941 int old_lcount
= arg
->current
->local_gotno
;
2942 int old_gcount
= arg
->current
->global_gotno
;
2943 int old_tcount
= arg
->current
->tls_gotno
;
2945 bfd2got
->g
= arg
->current
;
2947 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
,
2948 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd
,
2950 if (arg
->obfd
== NULL
)
2953 htab_delete (g
->got_entries
);
2955 BFD_ASSERT (old_lcount
+ lcount
>= arg
->current
->local_gotno
);
2956 BFD_ASSERT (old_gcount
+ gcount
>= arg
->current
->global_gotno
);
2957 BFD_ASSERT (old_tcount
+ tcount
>= arg
->current
->tls_gotno
);
2959 arg
->current_count
= arg
->current
->local_gotno
2960 + arg
->current
->global_gotno
+ arg
->current
->tls_gotno
;
2962 /* Well, we couldn't merge, so create a new GOT. Don't check if it
2963 fits; if it turns out that it doesn't, we'll get relocation
2964 overflows anyway. */
2967 bfd2got
->g
->next
= arg
->current
;
2968 arg
->current
= bfd2got
->g
;
2970 arg
->current_count
= lcount
+ gcount
+ 2 * tcount
;
2976 /* Set the TLS GOT index for the GOT entry in ENTRYP. */
2979 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index (void **entryp
, void *p
)
2981 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
2982 struct mips_got_info
*g
= p
;
2984 /* We're only interested in TLS symbols. */
2985 if (entry
->tls_type
== 0)
2988 if (entry
->symndx
== -1)
2990 /* There may be multiple mips_got_entry structs for a global variable
2991 if there is just one GOT. Just do this once. */
2992 if (g
->next
== NULL
)
2994 if (entry
->d
.h
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE
)
2996 entry
->d
.h
->tls_type
|= GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE
;
2999 else if (entry
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_LDM
)
3001 /* Similarly, there may be multiple structs for the LDM entry. */
3002 if (g
->tls_ldm_offset
!= MINUS_TWO
&& g
->tls_ldm_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
3004 entry
->gotidx
= g
->tls_ldm_offset
;
3009 /* Initialize the GOT offset. */
3010 entry
->gotidx
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (entry
->abfd
) * (long) g
->tls_assigned_gotno
;
3011 if (g
->next
== NULL
&& entry
->symndx
== -1)
3012 entry
->d
.h
->tls_got_offset
= entry
->gotidx
;
3014 if (entry
->tls_type
& (GOT_TLS_GD
| GOT_TLS_LDM
))
3015 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
+= 2;
3016 if (entry
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
)
3017 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
+= 1;
3019 if (entry
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_LDM
)
3020 g
->tls_ldm_offset
= entry
->gotidx
;
3025 /* If passed a NULL mips_got_info in the argument, set the marker used
3026 to tell whether a global symbol needs a got entry (in the primary
3027 got) to the given VALUE.
3029 If passed a pointer G to a mips_got_info in the argument (it must
3030 not be the primary GOT), compute the offset from the beginning of
3031 the (primary) GOT section to the entry in G corresponding to the
3032 global symbol. G's assigned_gotno must contain the index of the
3033 first available global GOT entry in G. VALUE must contain the size
3034 of a GOT entry in bytes. For each global GOT entry that requires a
3035 dynamic relocation, NEEDED_RELOCS is incremented, and the symbol is
3036 marked as not eligible for lazy resolution through a function
3039 mips_elf_set_global_got_offset (void **entryp
, void *p
)
3041 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
3042 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
*arg
3043 = (struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
*)p
;
3044 struct mips_got_info
*g
= arg
->g
;
3046 if (g
&& entry
->tls_type
!= GOT_NORMAL
)
3047 arg
->needed_relocs
+=
3048 mips_tls_got_relocs (arg
->info
, entry
->tls_type
,
3049 entry
->symndx
== -1 ? &entry
->d
.h
->root
: NULL
);
3051 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
&& entry
->symndx
== -1
3052 && entry
->d
.h
->root
.dynindx
!= -1
3053 && entry
->d
.h
->tls_type
== GOT_NORMAL
)
3057 BFD_ASSERT (g
->global_gotsym
== NULL
);
3059 entry
->gotidx
= arg
->value
* (long) g
->assigned_gotno
++;
3060 if (arg
->info
->shared
3061 || (elf_hash_table (arg
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
3062 && entry
->d
.h
->root
.def_dynamic
3063 && !entry
->d
.h
->root
.def_regular
))
3064 ++arg
->needed_relocs
;
3067 entry
->d
.h
->root
.got
.offset
= arg
->value
;
3073 /* Mark any global symbols referenced in the GOT we are iterating over
3074 as inelligible for lazy resolution stubs. */
3076 mips_elf_set_no_stub (void **entryp
, void *p ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
3078 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
3080 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
3081 && entry
->symndx
== -1
3082 && entry
->d
.h
->root
.dynindx
!= -1)
3083 entry
->d
.h
->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
3088 /* Follow indirect and warning hash entries so that each got entry
3089 points to the final symbol definition. P must point to a pointer
3090 to the hash table we're traversing. Since this traversal may
3091 modify the hash table, we set this pointer to NULL to indicate
3092 we've made a potentially-destructive change to the hash table, so
3093 the traversal must be restarted. */
3095 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entry (void **entryp
, void *p
)
3097 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
3098 htab_t got_entries
= *(htab_t
*)p
;
3100 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
&& entry
->symndx
== -1)
3102 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= entry
->d
.h
;
3104 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3105 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3106 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
3108 if (entry
->d
.h
== h
)
3113 /* If we can't find this entry with the new bfd hash, re-insert
3114 it, and get the traversal restarted. */
3115 if (! htab_find (got_entries
, entry
))
3117 htab_clear_slot (got_entries
, entryp
);
3118 entryp
= htab_find_slot (got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
3121 /* Abort the traversal, since the whole table may have
3122 moved, and leave it up to the parent to restart the
3124 *(htab_t
*)p
= NULL
;
3127 /* We might want to decrement the global_gotno count, but it's
3128 either too early or too late for that at this point. */
3134 /* Turn indirect got entries in a got_entries table into their final
3137 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (struct mips_got_info
*g
)
3143 got_entries
= g
->got_entries
;
3145 htab_traverse (got_entries
,
3146 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entry
,
3149 while (got_entries
== NULL
);
3152 /* Return the offset of an input bfd IBFD's GOT from the beginning of
3155 mips_elf_adjust_gp (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*g
, bfd
*ibfd
)
3157 if (g
->bfd2got
== NULL
)
3160 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g
, ibfd
);
3164 BFD_ASSERT (g
->next
);
3168 return (g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
)
3169 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
3172 /* Turn a single GOT that is too big for 16-bit addressing into
3173 a sequence of GOTs, each one 16-bit addressable. */
3176 mips_elf_multi_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3177 struct mips_got_info
*g
, asection
*got
,
3178 bfd_size_type pages
)
3180 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg got_per_bfd_arg
;
3181 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg set_got_offset_arg
;
3182 struct mips_got_info
*gg
;
3183 unsigned int assign
;
3185 g
->bfd2got
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash
,
3186 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
3187 if (g
->bfd2got
== NULL
)
3190 got_per_bfd_arg
.bfd2got
= g
->bfd2got
;
3191 got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
= abfd
;
3192 got_per_bfd_arg
.info
= info
;
3194 /* Count how many GOT entries each input bfd requires, creating a
3195 map from bfd to got info while at that. */
3196 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd
, &got_per_bfd_arg
);
3197 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
== NULL
)
3200 got_per_bfd_arg
.current
= NULL
;
3201 got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
= NULL
;
3202 /* Taking out PAGES entries is a worst-case estimate. We could
3203 compute the maximum number of pages that each separate input bfd
3204 uses, but it's probably not worth it. */
3205 got_per_bfd_arg
.max_count
= ((MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (abfd
)
3206 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
))
3207 - MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO
- pages
);
3208 /* The number of globals that will be included in the primary GOT.
3209 See the calls to mips_elf_set_global_got_offset below for more
3211 got_per_bfd_arg
.global_count
= g
->global_gotno
;
3213 /* Try to merge the GOTs of input bfds together, as long as they
3214 don't seem to exceed the maximum GOT size, choosing one of them
3215 to be the primary GOT. */
3216 htab_traverse (g
->bfd2got
, mips_elf_merge_gots
, &got_per_bfd_arg
);
3217 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
== NULL
)
3220 /* If we do not find any suitable primary GOT, create an empty one. */
3221 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
== NULL
)
3223 g
->next
= (struct mips_got_info
*)
3224 bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_got_info
));
3225 if (g
->next
== NULL
)
3228 g
->next
->global_gotsym
= NULL
;
3229 g
->next
->global_gotno
= 0;
3230 g
->next
->local_gotno
= 0;
3231 g
->next
->tls_gotno
= 0;
3232 g
->next
->assigned_gotno
= 0;
3233 g
->next
->tls_assigned_gotno
= 0;
3234 g
->next
->tls_ldm_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
3235 g
->next
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash
,
3236 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq
,
3238 if (g
->next
->got_entries
== NULL
)
3240 g
->next
->bfd2got
= NULL
;
3243 g
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
;
3244 g
->next
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.current
;
3246 /* GG is now the master GOT, and G is the primary GOT. */
3250 /* Map the output bfd to the primary got. That's what we're going
3251 to use for bfds that use GOT16 or GOT_PAGE relocations that we
3252 didn't mark in check_relocs, and we want a quick way to find it.
3253 We can't just use gg->next because we're going to reverse the
3256 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*bfdgot
;
3259 bfdgot
= (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)bfd_alloc
3260 (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
));
3267 bfdgotp
= htab_find_slot (gg
->bfd2got
, bfdgot
, INSERT
);
3269 BFD_ASSERT (*bfdgotp
== NULL
);
3273 /* The IRIX dynamic linker requires every symbol that is referenced
3274 in a dynamic relocation to be present in the primary GOT, so
3275 arrange for them to appear after those that are actually
3278 GNU/Linux could very well do without it, but it would slow down
3279 the dynamic linker, since it would have to resolve every dynamic
3280 symbol referenced in other GOTs more than once, without help from
3281 the cache. Also, knowing that every external symbol has a GOT
3282 helps speed up the resolution of local symbols too, so GNU/Linux
3283 follows IRIX's practice.
3285 The number 2 is used by mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f to count
3286 global GOT symbols that are unreferenced in the primary GOT, with
3287 an initial dynamic index computed from gg->assigned_gotno, where
3288 the number of unreferenced global entries in the primary GOT is
3292 gg
->assigned_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
- g
->global_gotno
;
3293 g
->global_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
;
3294 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= 2;
3298 /* This could be used for dynamic linkers that don't optimize
3299 symbol resolution while applying relocations so as to use
3300 primary GOT entries or assuming the symbol is locally-defined.
3301 With this code, we assign lower dynamic indices to global
3302 symbols that are not referenced in the primary GOT, so that
3303 their entries can be omitted. */
3304 gg
->assigned_gotno
= 0;
3305 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= -1;
3308 /* Reorder dynamic symbols as described above (which behavior
3309 depends on the setting of VALUE). */
3310 set_got_offset_arg
.g
= NULL
;
3311 htab_traverse (gg
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset
,
3312 &set_got_offset_arg
);
3313 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= 1;
3314 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset
,
3315 &set_got_offset_arg
);
3316 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info
, 1))
3319 /* Now go through the GOTs assigning them offset ranges.
3320 [assigned_gotno, local_gotno[ will be set to the range of local
3321 entries in each GOT. We can then compute the end of a GOT by
3322 adding local_gotno to global_gotno. We reverse the list and make
3323 it circular since then we'll be able to quickly compute the
3324 beginning of a GOT, by computing the end of its predecessor. To
3325 avoid special cases for the primary GOT, while still preserving
3326 assertions that are valid for both single- and multi-got links,
3327 we arrange for the main got struct to have the right number of
3328 global entries, but set its local_gotno such that the initial
3329 offset of the primary GOT is zero. Remember that the primary GOT
3330 will become the last item in the circular linked list, so it
3331 points back to the master GOT. */
3332 gg
->local_gotno
= -g
->global_gotno
;
3333 gg
->global_gotno
= g
->global_gotno
;
3340 struct mips_got_info
*gn
;
3342 assign
+= MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO
;
3343 g
->assigned_gotno
= assign
;
3344 g
->local_gotno
+= assign
+ pages
;
3345 assign
= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
;
3347 /* Set up any TLS entries. We always place the TLS entries after
3348 all non-TLS entries. */
3349 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
;
3350 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index
, g
);
3352 /* Take g out of the direct list, and push it onto the reversed
3353 list that gg points to. */
3359 /* Mark global symbols in every non-primary GOT as ineligible for
3362 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_no_stub
, NULL
);
3366 got
->size
= (gg
->next
->local_gotno
3367 + gg
->next
->global_gotno
3368 + gg
->next
->tls_gotno
) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
3374 /* Returns the first relocation of type r_type found, beginning with
3375 RELOCATION. RELEND is one-past-the-end of the relocation table. */
3377 static const Elf_Internal_Rela
*
3378 mips_elf_next_relocation (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, unsigned int r_type
,
3379 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
3380 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
)
3382 while (relocation
< relend
)
3384 if (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == r_type
)
3390 /* We didn't find it. */
3391 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3395 /* Return whether a relocation is against a local symbol. */
3398 mips_elf_local_relocation_p (bfd
*input_bfd
,
3399 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
3400 asection
**local_sections
,
3401 bfd_boolean check_forced
)
3403 unsigned long r_symndx
;
3404 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
3405 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3408 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
3409 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3410 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
3412 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
3414 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
) && local_sections
[r_symndx
] != NULL
)
3419 /* Look up the hash table to check whether the symbol
3420 was forced local. */
3421 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
3422 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
3423 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
3424 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3425 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3426 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
3427 if (h
->root
.forced_local
)
3434 /* Sign-extend VALUE, which has the indicated number of BITS. */
3437 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (bfd_vma value
, int bits
)
3439 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << (bits
- 1)))
3440 /* VALUE is negative. */
3441 value
|= ((bfd_vma
) - 1) << bits
;
3446 /* Return non-zero if the indicated VALUE has overflowed the maximum
3447 range expressible by a signed number with the indicated number of
3451 mips_elf_overflow_p (bfd_vma value
, int bits
)
3453 bfd_signed_vma svalue
= (bfd_signed_vma
) value
;
3455 if (svalue
> (1 << (bits
- 1)) - 1)
3456 /* The value is too big. */
3458 else if (svalue
< -(1 << (bits
- 1)))
3459 /* The value is too small. */
3466 /* Calculate the %high function. */
3469 mips_elf_high (bfd_vma value
)
3471 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
3474 /* Calculate the %higher function. */
3477 mips_elf_higher (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
3480 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x80008000) >> 32) & 0xffff;
3487 /* Calculate the %highest function. */
3490 mips_elf_highest (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
3493 return ((value
+ (((bfd_vma
) 0x8000 << 32) | 0x80008000)) >> 48) & 0xffff;
3500 /* Create the .compact_rel section. */
3503 mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section
3504 (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
3507 register asection
*s
;
3509 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".compact_rel") == NULL
)
3511 flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
3514 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".compact_rel", flags
);
3516 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
3517 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
3520 s
->size
= sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
);
3526 /* Create the .got section to hold the global offset table. */
3529 mips_elf_create_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3530 bfd_boolean maybe_exclude
)
3533 register asection
*s
;
3534 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3535 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
3536 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3539 /* This function may be called more than once. */
3540 s
= mips_elf_got_section (abfd
, TRUE
);
3543 if (! maybe_exclude
)
3544 s
->flags
&= ~SEC_EXCLUDE
;
3548 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
3549 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3552 flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
3554 /* We have to use an alignment of 2**4 here because this is hardcoded
3555 in the function stub generation and in the linker script. */
3556 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".got", flags
);
3558 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 4))
3561 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. We don't do this in the
3562 linker script because we don't want to define the symbol if we
3563 are not creating a global offset table. */
3565 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
3566 (info
, abfd
, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL
, s
,
3567 0, NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
3570 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
3573 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
3576 && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
3579 amt
= sizeof (struct mips_got_info
);
3580 g
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3583 g
->global_gotsym
= NULL
;
3584 g
->global_gotno
= 0;
3586 g
->local_gotno
= MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO
;
3587 g
->assigned_gotno
= MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO
;
3590 g
->tls_ldm_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
3591 g
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_got_entry_hash
,
3592 mips_elf_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
3593 if (g
->got_entries
== NULL
)
3595 mips_elf_section_data (s
)->u
.got_info
= g
;
3596 mips_elf_section_data (s
)->elf
.this_hdr
.sh_flags
3597 |= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
3602 /* Calculate the value produced by the RELOCATION (which comes from
3603 the INPUT_BFD). The ADDEND is the addend to use for this
3604 RELOCATION; RELOCATION->R_ADDEND is ignored.
3606 The result of the relocation calculation is stored in VALUEP.
3607 REQUIRE_JALXP indicates whether or not the opcode used with this
3608 relocation must be JALX.
3610 This function returns bfd_reloc_continue if the caller need take no
3611 further action regarding this relocation, bfd_reloc_notsupported if
3612 something goes dramatically wrong, bfd_reloc_overflow if an
3613 overflow occurs, and bfd_reloc_ok to indicate success. */
3615 static bfd_reloc_status_type
3616 mips_elf_calculate_relocation (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*input_bfd
,
3617 asection
*input_section
,
3618 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3619 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
3620 bfd_vma addend
, reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
3621 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
3622 asection
**local_sections
, bfd_vma
*valuep
,
3623 const char **namep
, bfd_boolean
*require_jalxp
,
3624 bfd_boolean save_addend
)
3626 /* The eventual value we will return. */
3628 /* The address of the symbol against which the relocation is
3631 /* The final GP value to be used for the relocatable, executable, or
3632 shared object file being produced. */
3633 bfd_vma gp
= MINUS_ONE
;
3634 /* The place (section offset or address) of the storage unit being
3637 /* The value of GP used to create the relocatable object. */
3638 bfd_vma gp0
= MINUS_ONE
;
3639 /* The offset into the global offset table at which the address of
3640 the relocation entry symbol, adjusted by the addend, resides
3641 during execution. */
3642 bfd_vma g
= MINUS_ONE
;
3643 /* The section in which the symbol referenced by the relocation is
3645 asection
*sec
= NULL
;
3646 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
3647 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a local
3649 bfd_boolean local_p
, was_local_p
;
3650 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is "_gp_disp". */
3651 bfd_boolean gp_disp_p
= FALSE
;
3652 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is
3653 "__gnu_local_gp". */
3654 bfd_boolean gnu_local_gp_p
= FALSE
;
3655 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
3657 unsigned long r_symndx
;
3659 /* TRUE if overflow occurred during the calculation of the
3660 relocation value. */
3661 bfd_boolean overflowed_p
;
3662 /* TRUE if this relocation refers to a MIPS16 function. */
3663 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p
= FALSE
;
3665 /* Parse the relocation. */
3666 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
3667 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
3668 p
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
3669 + input_section
->output_offset
3670 + relocation
->r_offset
);
3672 /* Assume that there will be no overflow. */
3673 overflowed_p
= FALSE
;
3675 /* Figure out whether or not the symbol is local, and get the offset
3676 used in the array of hash table entries. */
3677 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3678 local_p
= mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
3679 local_sections
, FALSE
);
3680 was_local_p
= local_p
;
3681 if (! elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
3682 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
3685 /* The symbol table does not follow the rule that local symbols
3686 must come before globals. */
3690 /* Figure out the value of the symbol. */
3693 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
3695 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
3696 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
3698 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
3699 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_SECTION
3700 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
))
3701 symbol
+= sym
->st_value
;
3702 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
3703 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
3705 addend
= _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (abfd
, sym
, &sec
, addend
);
3707 addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
3710 /* MIPS16 text labels should be treated as odd. */
3711 if (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
)
3714 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
3715 *namep
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
3716 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
3719 *namep
= bfd_section_name (input_bfd
, sec
);
3721 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
);
3725 /* ??? Could we use RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL here ? */
3727 /* For global symbols we look up the symbol in the hash-table. */
3728 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
3729 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
3730 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
3731 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3732 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3733 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
3735 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
3736 *namep
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
3738 /* See if this is the special _gp_disp symbol. Note that such a
3739 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
3740 if (strcmp (*namep
, "_gp_disp") == 0
3741 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
3743 /* Relocations against _gp_disp are permitted only with
3744 R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16 relocations. */
3745 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_HI16
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS_LO16
3746 && r_type
!= R_MIPS16_HI16
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS16_LO16
)
3747 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
3751 /* See if this is the special _gp symbol. Note that such a
3752 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
3753 else if (strcmp (*namep
, "__gnu_local_gp") == 0)
3754 gnu_local_gp_p
= TRUE
;
3757 /* If this symbol is defined, calculate its address. Note that
3758 _gp_disp is a magic symbol, always implicitly defined by the
3759 linker, so it's inappropriate to check to see whether or not
3761 else if ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
3762 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
3763 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
3765 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
3766 if (sec
->output_section
)
3767 symbol
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
3768 + sec
->output_section
->vma
3769 + sec
->output_offset
);
3771 symbol
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
3773 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
3774 /* We allow relocations against undefined weak symbols, giving
3775 it the value zero, so that you can undefined weak functions
3776 and check to see if they exist by looking at their
3779 else if (info
->unresolved_syms_in_objects
== RM_IGNORE
3780 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
3782 else if (strcmp (*namep
, SGI_COMPAT (input_bfd
)
3783 ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
3785 /* If this is a dynamic link, we should have created a
3786 _DYNAMIC_LINK symbol or _DYNAMIC_LINKING(for normal mips) symbol
3787 in in _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections.
3788 Otherwise, we should define the symbol with a value of 0.
3789 FIXME: It should probably get into the symbol table
3791 BFD_ASSERT (! info
->shared
);
3792 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") == NULL
);
3797 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
3798 (info
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, input_bfd
,
3799 input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
,
3800 (info
->unresolved_syms_in_objects
== RM_GENERATE_ERROR
)
3801 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
))))
3802 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
3806 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= (h
->root
.other
== STO_MIPS16
);
3809 /* If this is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function with a stub, we
3810 need to redirect the call to the stub, unless we're already *in*
3812 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
&& !info
->relocatable
3813 && ((h
!= NULL
&& h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
)
3814 || (local_p
&& elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
!= NULL
3815 && elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] != NULL
))
3816 && !mips_elf_stub_section_p (input_bfd
, input_section
))
3818 /* This is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function. We should
3819 have already noticed that we were going to need the
3822 sec
= elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
];
3825 BFD_ASSERT (h
->need_fn_stub
);
3829 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
3831 /* If this is a 16-bit call to a 32- or 64-bit function with a stub, we
3832 need to redirect the call to the stub. */
3833 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !info
->relocatable
3835 && (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
|| h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
)
3836 && !target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
3838 /* If both call_stub and call_fp_stub are defined, we can figure
3839 out which one to use by seeing which one appears in the input
3841 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
&& h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
)
3846 for (o
= input_bfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
3848 if (strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (input_bfd
, o
),
3849 CALL_FP_STUB
, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) == 0)
3851 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
3858 else if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
)
3861 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
3863 BFD_ASSERT (sec
->size
> 0);
3864 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
3867 /* Calls from 16-bit code to 32-bit code and vice versa require the
3868 special jalx instruction. */
3869 *require_jalxp
= (!info
->relocatable
3870 && (((r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
) && !target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
3871 || ((r_type
== R_MIPS_26
) && target_is_16_bit_code_p
)));
3873 local_p
= mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
3874 local_sections
, TRUE
);
3876 /* If we haven't already determined the GOT offset, or the GP value,
3877 and we're going to need it, get it now. */
3880 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
3881 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
3882 /* We need to decay to GOT_DISP/addend if the symbol doesn't
3884 local_p
= local_p
|| _bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p (&h
->root
, info
, 1);
3885 if (local_p
|| r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
)
3891 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
3892 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
3893 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
3894 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
3895 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
3897 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
3898 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
3899 /* Find the index into the GOT where this value is located. */
3900 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
)
3902 g
= mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, 0, 0, NULL
,
3905 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
3909 /* GOT_PAGE may take a non-zero addend, that is ignored in a
3910 GOT_PAGE relocation that decays to GOT_DISP because the
3911 symbol turns out to be global. The addend is then added
3913 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
);
3914 g
= mips_elf_global_got_index (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
,
3916 (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
,
3918 if (h
->tls_type
== GOT_NORMAL
3919 && (! elf_hash_table(info
)->dynamic_sections_created
3921 && (info
->symbolic
|| h
->root
.dynindx
== -1)
3922 && h
->root
.def_regular
)))
3924 /* This is a static link or a -Bsymbolic link. The
3925 symbol is defined locally, or was forced to be local.
3926 We must initialize this entry in the GOT. */
3927 bfd
*tmpbfd
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
3928 asection
*sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (tmpbfd
, FALSE
);
3929 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (tmpbfd
, symbol
, sgot
->contents
+ g
);
3932 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
|| r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL16
)
3933 /* There's no need to create a local GOT entry here; the
3934 calculation for a local GOT16 entry does not involve G. */
3938 g
= mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, input_bfd
,
3939 info
, symbol
+ addend
, r_symndx
, h
,
3942 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
3945 /* Convert GOT indices to actual offsets. */
3946 g
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
,
3947 abfd
, input_bfd
, g
);
3952 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
3953 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
3954 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
3957 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
3958 gp0
= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
);
3959 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd
);
3960 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
)
3961 gp
+= mips_elf_adjust_gp (abfd
,
3963 (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
, NULL
),
3974 /* Figure out what kind of relocation is being performed. */
3978 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
3981 value
= symbol
+ _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
3982 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
3989 || (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
3991 && h
->root
.def_dynamic
3992 && !h
->root
.def_regular
))
3994 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3996 /* If we're creating a shared library, or this relocation is
3997 against a symbol in a shared library, then we can't know
3998 where the symbol will end up. So, we create a relocation
3999 record in the output, and leave the job up to the dynamic
4002 if (!mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (abfd
,
4010 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
4014 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
4015 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
4019 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4023 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
4024 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4027 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
:
4028 value
= symbol
+ _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 18) - p
;
4029 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 18);
4030 value
= (value
>> 2) & howto
->dst_mask
;
4034 /* The calculation for R_MIPS16_26 is just the same as for an
4035 R_MIPS_26. It's only the storage of the relocated field into
4036 the output file that's different. That's handled in
4037 mips_elf_perform_relocation. So, we just fall through to the
4038 R_MIPS_26 case here. */
4041 value
= ((addend
| ((p
+ 4) & 0xf0000000)) + symbol
) >> 2;
4044 value
= (_bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 28) + symbol
) >> 2;
4045 if (h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
4046 overflowed_p
= (value
>> 26) != ((p
+ 4) >> 28);
4048 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4051 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
4052 value
= (mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
- dtprel_base (info
))
4056 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
4057 value
= (symbol
+ addend
- dtprel_base (info
)) & howto
->dst_mask
;
4060 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
4061 value
= (mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
- tprel_base (info
))
4065 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
4066 value
= (symbol
+ addend
- tprel_base (info
)) & howto
->dst_mask
;
4073 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
);
4074 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4078 /* For MIPS16 ABI code we generate this sequence
4079 0: li $v0,%hi(_gp_disp)
4080 4: addiupc $v1,%lo(_gp_disp)
4084 So the offsets of hi and lo relocs are the same, but the
4085 $pc is four higher than $t9 would be, so reduce
4086 both reloc addends by 4. */
4087 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_HI16
)
4088 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- p
- 4);
4090 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- p
);
4091 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
4098 value
= (symbol
+ addend
) & howto
->dst_mask
;
4101 /* See the comment for R_MIPS16_HI16 above for the reason
4102 for this conditional. */
4103 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_LO16
)
4104 value
= addend
+ gp
- p
;
4106 value
= addend
+ gp
- p
+ 4;
4107 /* The MIPS ABI requires checking the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
4108 for overflow. But, on, say, IRIX5, relocations against
4109 _gp_disp are normally generated from the .cpload
4110 pseudo-op. It generates code that normally looks like
4113 lui $gp,%hi(_gp_disp)
4114 addiu $gp,$gp,%lo(_gp_disp)
4117 Here $t9 holds the address of the function being called,
4118 as required by the MIPS ELF ABI. The R_MIPS_LO16
4119 relocation can easily overflow in this situation, but the
4120 R_MIPS_HI16 relocation will handle the overflow.
4121 Therefore, we consider this a bug in the MIPS ABI, and do
4122 not check for overflow here. */
4126 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
4127 /* Because we don't merge literal sections, we can handle this
4128 just like R_MIPS_GPREL16. In the long run, we should merge
4129 shared literals, and then we will need to additional work
4134 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
4135 /* The R_MIPS16_GPREL performs the same calculation as
4136 R_MIPS_GPREL16, but stores the relocated bits in a different
4137 order. We don't need to do anything special here; the
4138 differences are handled in mips_elf_perform_relocation. */
4139 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
4140 /* Only sign-extend the addend if it was extracted from the
4141 instruction. If the addend was separate, leave it alone,
4142 otherwise we may lose significant bits. */
4143 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
4144 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
4145 value
= symbol
+ addend
- gp
;
4146 /* If the symbol was local, any earlier relocatable links will
4147 have adjusted its addend with the gp offset, so compensate
4148 for that now. Don't do it for symbols forced local in this
4149 link, though, since they won't have had the gp offset applied
4153 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
4162 /* The special case is when the symbol is forced to be local. We
4163 need the full address in the GOT since no R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
4165 forced
= ! mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
4166 local_sections
, FALSE
);
4167 value
= mips_elf_got16_entry (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
4168 symbol
+ addend
, forced
);
4169 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
4170 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
4172 = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
,
4173 abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
4174 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
4181 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
4182 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
4183 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
4186 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
4189 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
4190 value
= (addend
+ symbol
+ gp0
- gp
);
4192 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4196 value
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16) + symbol
- p
;
4197 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
4200 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
4201 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
4202 /* We're allowed to handle these two relocations identically.
4203 The dynamic linker is allowed to handle the CALL relocations
4204 differently by creating a lazy evaluation stub. */
4206 value
= mips_elf_high (value
);
4207 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4210 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
4211 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
4212 value
= g
& howto
->dst_mask
;
4215 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
4216 /* GOT_PAGE relocations that reference non-local symbols decay
4217 to GOT_DISP. The corresponding GOT_OFST relocation decays to
4221 value
= mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, symbol
+ addend
, NULL
);
4222 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
4223 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
4224 value
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
,
4225 abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
4226 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
4229 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
4231 mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, symbol
+ addend
, &value
);
4234 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
4238 value
= symbol
- addend
;
4239 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4243 value
= mips_elf_higher (addend
+ symbol
);
4244 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4247 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST
:
4248 value
= mips_elf_highest (addend
+ symbol
);
4249 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4252 case R_MIPS_SCN_DISP
:
4253 value
= symbol
+ addend
- sec
->output_offset
;
4254 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4258 /* This relocation is only a hint. In some cases, we optimize
4259 it into a bal instruction. But we don't try to optimize
4260 branches to the PLT; that will wind up wasting time. */
4261 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->root
.plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
4262 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
4263 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
4267 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
4268 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
4269 /* We don't do anything with these at present. */
4270 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
4273 /* An unrecognized relocation type. */
4274 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
4277 /* Store the VALUE for our caller. */
4279 return overflowed_p
? bfd_reloc_overflow
: bfd_reloc_ok
;
4282 /* Obtain the field relocated by RELOCATION. */
4285 mips_elf_obtain_contents (reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
4286 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
4287 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
4290 bfd_byte
*location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
4292 /* Obtain the bytes. */
4293 x
= bfd_get ((8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
)), input_bfd
, location
);
4298 /* It has been determined that the result of the RELOCATION is the
4299 VALUE. Use HOWTO to place VALUE into the output file at the
4300 appropriate position. The SECTION is the section to which the
4301 relocation applies. If REQUIRE_JALX is TRUE, then the opcode used
4302 for the relocation must be either JAL or JALX, and it is
4303 unconditionally converted to JALX.
4305 Returns FALSE if anything goes wrong. */
4308 mips_elf_perform_relocation (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4309 reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
4310 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
4311 bfd_vma value
, bfd
*input_bfd
,
4312 asection
*input_section
, bfd_byte
*contents
,
4313 bfd_boolean require_jalx
)
4317 int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
4319 /* Figure out where the relocation is occurring. */
4320 location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
4322 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
4324 /* Obtain the current value. */
4325 x
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, relocation
, input_bfd
, contents
);
4327 /* Clear the field we are setting. */
4328 x
&= ~howto
->dst_mask
;
4330 /* Set the field. */
4331 x
|= (value
& howto
->dst_mask
);
4333 /* If required, turn JAL into JALX. */
4337 bfd_vma opcode
= x
>> 26;
4338 bfd_vma jalx_opcode
;
4340 /* Check to see if the opcode is already JAL or JALX. */
4341 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
4343 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x6) || (opcode
== 0x7));
4348 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x3) || (opcode
== 0x1d));
4352 /* If the opcode is not JAL or JALX, there's a problem. */
4355 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4356 (_("%B: %A+0x%lx: jump to stub routine which is not jal"),
4359 (unsigned long) relocation
->r_offset
);
4360 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4364 /* Make this the JALX opcode. */
4365 x
= (x
& ~(0x3f << 26)) | (jalx_opcode
<< 26);
4368 /* On the RM9000, bal is faster than jal, because bal uses branch
4369 prediction hardware. If we are linking for the RM9000, and we
4370 see jal, and bal fits, use it instead. Note that this
4371 transformation should be safe for all architectures. */
4372 if (bfd_get_mach (input_bfd
) == bfd_mach_mips9000
4373 && !info
->relocatable
4375 && ((r_type
== R_MIPS_26
&& (x
>> 26) == 0x3) /* jal addr */
4376 || (r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
&& x
== 0x0320f809))) /* jalr t9 */
4382 addr
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
4383 + input_section
->output_offset
4384 + relocation
->r_offset
4386 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
)
4387 dest
= (value
<< 2) | ((addr
>> 28) << 28);
4391 if (off
<= 0x1ffff && off
>= -0x20000)
4392 x
= 0x04110000 | (((bfd_vma
) off
>> 2) & 0xffff); /* bal addr */
4395 /* Put the value into the output. */
4396 bfd_put (8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
), input_bfd
, x
, location
);
4398 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle(input_bfd
, r_type
, !info
->relocatable
,
4404 /* Returns TRUE if SECTION is a MIPS16 stub section. */
4407 mips_elf_stub_section_p (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*section
)
4409 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, section
);
4411 return (strncmp (name
, FN_STUB
, sizeof FN_STUB
- 1) == 0
4412 || strncmp (name
, CALL_STUB
, sizeof CALL_STUB
- 1) == 0
4413 || strncmp (name
, CALL_FP_STUB
, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) == 0);
4416 /* Add room for N relocations to the .rel.dyn section in ABFD. */
4419 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int n
)
4423 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (abfd
, FALSE
);
4424 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
4428 /* Make room for a null element. */
4429 s
->size
+= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
4432 s
->size
+= n
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
4435 /* Create a rel.dyn relocation for the dynamic linker to resolve. REL
4436 is the original relocation, which is now being transformed into a
4437 dynamic relocation. The ADDENDP is adjusted if necessary; the
4438 caller should store the result in place of the original addend. */
4441 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (bfd
*output_bfd
,
4442 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4443 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
4444 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
4445 asection
*sec
, bfd_vma symbol
,
4446 bfd_vma
*addendp
, asection
*input_section
)
4448 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
[3];
4453 bfd_boolean defined_p
;
4455 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
4456 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
4457 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
4458 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
!= NULL
);
4459 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->contents
!= NULL
);
4460 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->reloc_count
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
)
4463 outrel
[0].r_offset
=
4464 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[0].r_offset
);
4465 outrel
[1].r_offset
=
4466 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[1].r_offset
);
4467 outrel
[2].r_offset
=
4468 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[2].r_offset
);
4470 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== MINUS_ONE
)
4471 /* The relocation field has been deleted. */
4474 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== MINUS_TWO
)
4476 /* The relocation field has been converted into a relative value of
4477 some sort. Functions like _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame expect
4478 the field to be fully relocated, so add in the symbol's value. */
4483 /* We must now calculate the dynamic symbol table index to use
4484 in the relocation. */
4486 && (! info
->symbolic
|| !h
->root
.def_regular
)
4487 /* h->root.dynindx may be -1 if this symbol was marked to
4489 && h
->root
.dynindx
!= -1)
4491 indx
= h
->root
.dynindx
;
4492 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
4493 defined_p
= h
->root
.def_regular
;
4495 /* ??? glibc's ld.so just adds the final GOT entry to the
4496 relocation field. It therefore treats relocs against
4497 defined symbols in the same way as relocs against
4498 undefined symbols. */
4503 if (sec
!= NULL
&& bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
4505 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
4507 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4512 indx
= elf_section_data (sec
->output_section
)->dynindx
;
4517 /* Instead of generating a relocation using the section
4518 symbol, we may as well make it a fully relative
4519 relocation. We want to avoid generating relocations to
4520 local symbols because we used to generate them
4521 incorrectly, without adding the original symbol value,
4522 which is mandated by the ABI for section symbols. In
4523 order to give dynamic loaders and applications time to
4524 phase out the incorrect use, we refrain from emitting
4525 section-relative relocations. It's not like they're
4526 useful, after all. This should be a bit more efficient
4528 /* ??? Although this behavior is compatible with glibc's ld.so,
4529 the ABI says that relocations against STN_UNDEF should have
4530 a symbol value of 0. Irix rld honors this, so relocations
4531 against STN_UNDEF have no effect. */
4532 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
4537 /* If the relocation was previously an absolute relocation and
4538 this symbol will not be referred to by the relocation, we must
4539 adjust it by the value we give it in the dynamic symbol table.
4540 Otherwise leave the job up to the dynamic linker. */
4541 if (defined_p
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
4544 /* The relocation is always an REL32 relocation because we don't
4545 know where the shared library will wind up at load-time. */
4546 outrel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, (unsigned long) indx
,
4548 /* For strict adherence to the ABI specification, we should
4549 generate a R_MIPS_64 relocation record by itself before the
4550 _REL32/_64 record as well, such that the addend is read in as
4551 a 64-bit value (REL32 is a 32-bit relocation, after all).
4552 However, since none of the existing ELF64 MIPS dynamic
4553 loaders seems to care, we don't waste space with these
4554 artificial relocations. If this turns out to not be true,
4555 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocation() should be tweaked so
4556 as to make room for a pair of dynamic relocations per
4557 invocation if ABI_64_P, and here we should generate an
4558 additional relocation record with R_MIPS_64 by itself for a
4559 NULL symbol before this relocation record. */
4560 outrel
[1].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0,
4561 ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
4564 outrel
[2].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_NONE
);
4566 /* Adjust the output offset of the relocation to reference the
4567 correct location in the output file. */
4568 outrel
[0].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
4569 + input_section
->output_offset
);
4570 outrel
[1].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
4571 + input_section
->output_offset
);
4572 outrel
[2].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
4573 + input_section
->output_offset
);
4575 /* Put the relocation back out. We have to use the special
4576 relocation outputter in the 64-bit case since the 64-bit
4577 relocation format is non-standard. */
4578 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
4580 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_out
)
4581 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
4583 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)));
4586 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
4587 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
4588 (sreloc
->contents
+ sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
4590 /* We've now added another relocation. */
4591 ++sreloc
->reloc_count
;
4593 /* Make sure the output section is writable. The dynamic linker
4594 will be writing to it. */
4595 elf_section_data (input_section
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
4598 /* On IRIX5, make an entry of compact relocation info. */
4599 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix5
)
4601 asection
*scpt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
4606 Elf32_crinfo cptrel
;
4608 mips_elf_set_cr_format (cptrel
, CRF_MIPS_LONG
);
4609 cptrel
.vaddr
= (rel
->r_offset
4610 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
4611 + input_section
->output_offset
);
4612 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_REL32
)
4613 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_REL32
);
4615 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_WORD
);
4616 mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to (cptrel
, 0);
4617 cptrel
.konst
= *addendp
;
4619 cr
= (scpt
->contents
4620 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
4621 mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr (cptrel
, 0);
4622 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (output_bfd
, &cptrel
,
4623 ((Elf32_External_crinfo
*) cr
4624 + scpt
->reloc_count
));
4625 ++scpt
->reloc_count
;
4632 /* Return the MACH for a MIPS e_flags value. */
4635 _bfd_elf_mips_mach (flagword flags
)
4637 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
)
4639 case E_MIPS_MACH_3900
:
4640 return bfd_mach_mips3900
;
4642 case E_MIPS_MACH_4010
:
4643 return bfd_mach_mips4010
;
4645 case E_MIPS_MACH_4100
:
4646 return bfd_mach_mips4100
;
4648 case E_MIPS_MACH_4111
:
4649 return bfd_mach_mips4111
;
4651 case E_MIPS_MACH_4120
:
4652 return bfd_mach_mips4120
;
4654 case E_MIPS_MACH_4650
:
4655 return bfd_mach_mips4650
;
4657 case E_MIPS_MACH_5400
:
4658 return bfd_mach_mips5400
;
4660 case E_MIPS_MACH_5500
:
4661 return bfd_mach_mips5500
;
4663 case E_MIPS_MACH_9000
:
4664 return bfd_mach_mips9000
;
4666 case E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
:
4667 return bfd_mach_mips_sb1
;
4670 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
)
4674 return bfd_mach_mips3000
;
4678 return bfd_mach_mips6000
;
4682 return bfd_mach_mips4000
;
4686 return bfd_mach_mips8000
;
4690 return bfd_mach_mips5
;
4693 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32
:
4694 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32
;
4697 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64
:
4698 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64
;
4701 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
:
4702 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
;
4705 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
:
4706 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
;
4714 /* Return printable name for ABI. */
4716 static INLINE
char *
4717 elf_mips_abi_name (bfd
*abfd
)
4721 flags
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
;
4722 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
4725 if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
4727 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
4731 case E_MIPS_ABI_O32
:
4733 case E_MIPS_ABI_O64
:
4735 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
:
4737 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
:
4740 return "unknown abi";
4744 /* MIPS ELF uses two common sections. One is the usual one, and the
4745 other is for small objects. All the small objects are kept
4746 together, and then referenced via the gp pointer, which yields
4747 faster assembler code. This is what we use for the small common
4748 section. This approach is copied from ecoff.c. */
4749 static asection mips_elf_scom_section
;
4750 static asymbol mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
4751 static asymbol
*mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
4753 /* MIPS ELF also uses an acommon section, which represents an
4754 allocated common symbol which may be overridden by a
4755 definition in a shared library. */
4756 static asection mips_elf_acom_section
;
4757 static asymbol mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
4758 static asymbol
*mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
4760 /* Handle the special MIPS section numbers that a symbol may use.
4761 This is used for both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
4764 _bfd_mips_elf_symbol_processing (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*asym
)
4766 elf_symbol_type
*elfsym
;
4768 elfsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) asym
;
4769 switch (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
)
4771 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
4772 /* This section is used in a dynamically linked executable file.
4773 It is an allocated common section. The dynamic linker can
4774 either resolve these symbols to something in a shared
4775 library, or it can just leave them here. For our purposes,
4776 we can consider these symbols to be in a new section. */
4777 if (mips_elf_acom_section
.name
== NULL
)
4779 /* Initialize the acommon section. */
4780 mips_elf_acom_section
.name
= ".acommon";
4781 mips_elf_acom_section
.flags
= SEC_ALLOC
;
4782 mips_elf_acom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
4783 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
4784 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
4785 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.name
= ".acommon";
4786 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
4787 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
4788 mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
4790 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
4794 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
4795 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols on IRIX5. */
4796 if (asym
->value
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
4797 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
4800 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
4801 if (mips_elf_scom_section
.name
== NULL
)
4803 /* Initialize the small common section. */
4804 mips_elf_scom_section
.name
= ".scommon";
4805 mips_elf_scom_section
.flags
= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
4806 mips_elf_scom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
4807 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
4808 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
4809 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.name
= ".scommon";
4810 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
4811 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
4812 mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
4814 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
4815 asym
->value
= elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
4818 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
4819 asym
->section
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
4824 asection
*section
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".text");
4826 BFD_ASSERT (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
));
4827 if (section
!= NULL
)
4829 asym
->section
= section
;
4830 /* MIPS_TEXT is a bit special, the address is not an offset
4831 to the base of the .text section. So substract the section
4832 base address to make it an offset. */
4833 asym
->value
-= section
->vma
;
4840 asection
*section
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".data");
4842 BFD_ASSERT (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
));
4843 if (section
!= NULL
)
4845 asym
->section
= section
;
4846 /* MIPS_DATA is a bit special, the address is not an offset
4847 to the base of the .data section. So substract the section
4848 base address to make it an offset. */
4849 asym
->value
-= section
->vma
;
4856 /* Implement elf_backend_eh_frame_address_size. This differs from
4857 the default in the way it handles EABI64.
4859 EABI64 was originally specified as an LP64 ABI, and that is what
4860 -mabi=eabi normally gives on a 64-bit target. However, gcc has
4861 historically accepted the combination of -mabi=eabi and -mlong32,
4862 and this ILP32 variation has become semi-official over time.
4863 Both forms use elf32 and have pointer-sized FDE addresses.
4865 If an EABI object was generated by GCC 4.0 or above, it will have
4866 an empty .gcc_compiled_longXX section, where XX is the size of longs
4867 in bits. Unfortunately, ILP32 objects generated by earlier compilers
4868 have no special marking to distinguish them from LP64 objects.
4870 We don't want users of the official LP64 ABI to be punished for the
4871 existence of the ILP32 variant, but at the same time, we don't want
4872 to mistakenly interpret pre-4.0 ILP32 objects as being LP64 objects.
4873 We therefore take the following approach:
4875 - If ABFD contains a .gcc_compiled_longXX section, use it to
4876 determine the pointer size.
4878 - Otherwise check the type of the first relocation. Assume that
4879 the LP64 ABI is being used if the relocation is of type R_MIPS_64.
4883 The second check is enough to detect LP64 objects generated by pre-4.0
4884 compilers because, in the kind of output generated by those compilers,
4885 the first relocation will be associated with either a CIE personality
4886 routine or an FDE start address. Furthermore, the compilers never
4887 used a special (non-pointer) encoding for this ABI.
4889 Checking the relocation type should also be safe because there is no
4890 reason to use R_MIPS_64 in an ILP32 object. Pre-4.0 compilers never
4894 _bfd_mips_elf_eh_frame_address_size (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
4896 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
4898 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
)
4900 bfd_boolean long32_p
, long64_p
;
4902 long32_p
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".gcc_compiled_long32") != 0;
4903 long64_p
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".gcc_compiled_long64") != 0;
4904 if (long32_p
&& long64_p
)
4911 if (sec
->reloc_count
> 0
4912 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= NULL
4913 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
[0].r_info
)
4922 /* There appears to be a bug in the MIPSpro linker that causes GOT_DISP
4923 relocations against two unnamed section symbols to resolve to the
4924 same address. For example, if we have code like:
4926 lw $4,%got_disp(.data)($gp)
4927 lw $25,%got_disp(.text)($gp)
4930 then the linker will resolve both relocations to .data and the program
4931 will jump there rather than to .text.
4933 We can work around this problem by giving names to local section symbols.
4934 This is also what the MIPSpro tools do. */
4937 _bfd_mips_elf_name_local_section_symbols (bfd
*abfd
)
4939 return SGI_COMPAT (abfd
);
4942 /* Work over a section just before writing it out. This routine is
4943 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. FIXME: We recognize
4944 sections that need the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag by name; there has to be
4948 _bfd_mips_elf_section_processing (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
)
4950 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
4951 && hdr
->sh_size
> 0)
4955 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->sh_size
== sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
4956 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->contents
== NULL
);
4959 hdr
->sh_offset
+ sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4,
4962 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
4963 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 4, abfd
) != 4)
4967 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
4968 && hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
4969 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
4970 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
!= NULL
)
4972 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
4974 /* We stored the section contents in the tdata field in the
4975 set_section_contents routine. We save the section contents
4976 so that we don't have to read them again.
4977 At this point we know that elf_gp is set, so we can look
4978 through the section contents to see if there is an
4979 ODK_REGINFO structure. */
4981 contents
= mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
;
4983 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
4984 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
4986 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
4988 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
4990 if (intopt
.size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))
4992 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4993 (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
4994 abfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
), intopt
.size
);
4997 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
5004 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
5005 + (sizeof (Elf64_External_RegInfo
) - 8)),
5008 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
5009 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 8, abfd
) != 8)
5012 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
5019 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
5020 + (sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4)),
5023 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
5024 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 4, abfd
) != 4)
5031 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
5033 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
);
5035 if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
5036 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0
5037 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0)
5039 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
5040 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
5042 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
5044 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
5045 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_NOBITS
;
5047 else if (strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0)
5049 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
5050 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
5052 else if (strcmp (name
, ".compact_rel") == 0)
5055 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
5057 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rtproc") == 0)
5059 if (hdr
->sh_addralign
!= 0 && hdr
->sh_entsize
== 0)
5061 unsigned int adjust
;
5063 adjust
= hdr
->sh_size
% hdr
->sh_addralign
;
5065 hdr
->sh_size
+= hdr
->sh_addralign
- adjust
;
5073 /* Handle a MIPS specific section when reading an object file. This
5074 is called when elfcode.h finds a section with an unknown type.
5075 This routine supports both the 32-bit and 64-bit ELF ABI.
5077 FIXME: We need to handle the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag, but I'm not sure
5081 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
5082 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
5088 /* There ought to be a place to keep ELF backend specific flags, but
5089 at the moment there isn't one. We just keep track of the
5090 sections by their name, instead. Fortunately, the ABI gives
5091 suggested names for all the MIPS specific sections, so we will
5092 probably get away with this. */
5093 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
5095 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
5096 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") != 0)
5100 if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") != 0)
5103 case SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
:
5104 if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") != 0)
5107 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
5108 if (strncmp (name
, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) != 0)
5111 case SHT_MIPS_UCODE
:
5112 if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") != 0)
5115 case SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
:
5116 if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") != 0)
5118 flags
= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
5120 case SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
:
5121 if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") != 0
5122 || hdr
->sh_size
!= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
))
5124 flags
= (SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE
);
5126 case SHT_MIPS_IFACE
:
5127 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") != 0)
5130 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
5131 if (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.content", sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1) != 0)
5134 case SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
5135 if (!MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
5138 case SHT_MIPS_DWARF
:
5139 if (strncmp (name
, ".debug_", sizeof ".debug_" - 1) != 0)
5142 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
5143 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") != 0)
5146 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
5147 if (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.events", sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1) != 0
5148 && strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel",
5149 sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1) != 0)
5156 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
5161 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
5162 (bfd_get_section_flags (abfd
,
5168 /* FIXME: We should record sh_info for a .gptab section. */
5170 /* For a .reginfo section, set the gp value in the tdata information
5171 from the contents of this section. We need the gp value while
5172 processing relocs, so we just get it now. The .reginfo section
5173 is not used in the 64-bit MIPS ELF ABI. */
5174 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
5176 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
5179 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
5180 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
5182 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (abfd
, &ext
, &s
);
5183 elf_gp (abfd
) = s
.ri_gp_value
;
5186 /* For a SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section, look for a ODK_REGINFO entry, and
5187 set the gp value based on what we find. We may see both
5188 SHT_MIPS_REGINFO and SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS/ODK_REGINFO; in that case,
5189 they should agree. */
5190 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
5192 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
5194 contents
= bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
5195 if (contents
== NULL
)
5197 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
, contents
,
5204 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
5205 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
5207 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
5209 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
5211 if (intopt
.size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))
5213 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5214 (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
5215 abfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
), intopt
.size
);
5218 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
5220 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo intreg
;
5222 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in
5224 ((Elf64_External_RegInfo
*)
5225 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
5227 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
5229 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
5231 Elf32_RegInfo intreg
;
5233 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in
5235 ((Elf32_External_RegInfo
*)
5236 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
5238 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
5248 /* Set the correct type for a MIPS ELF section. We do this by the
5249 section name, which is a hack, but ought to work. This routine is
5250 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
5253 _bfd_mips_elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*sec
)
5255 register const char *name
;
5256 unsigned int sh_type
;
5258 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
5259 sh_type
= hdr
->sh_type
;
5261 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") == 0)
5263 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
;
5264 hdr
->sh_info
= sec
->size
/ sizeof (Elf32_Lib
);
5265 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
5267 else if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") == 0)
5268 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
;
5269 else if (strncmp (name
, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) == 0)
5271 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
;
5272 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
5273 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
5275 else if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") == 0)
5276 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_UCODE
;
5277 else if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
5279 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
;
5280 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .mdebug section has an
5281 entsize of 0. FIXME: Does this matter? */
5282 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
5283 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
5285 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
5287 else if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
5289 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
5290 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .reginfo section has an
5291 entsize of 0x18. FIXME: Does this matter? */
5292 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
5294 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
5295 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
5297 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
5300 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
5302 else if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
5303 && (strcmp (name
, ".hash") == 0
5304 || strcmp (name
, ".dynamic") == 0
5305 || strcmp (name
, ".dynstr") == 0))
5307 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
5308 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
5310 /* This isn't how the IRIX6 linker behaves. */
5311 hdr
->sh_info
= SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
;
5314 else if (strcmp (name
, ".got") == 0
5315 || strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0
5316 || strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
5317 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0
5318 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0
5319 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0)
5320 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
5321 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") == 0)
5323 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_IFACE
;
5324 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
5326 else if (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.content", strlen (".MIPS.content")) == 0)
5328 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
;
5329 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
5330 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
5332 else if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
5334 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
5335 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
5336 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
5338 else if (strncmp (name
, ".debug_", sizeof ".debug_" - 1) == 0)
5339 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DWARF
;
5340 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") == 0)
5342 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
;
5343 /* The sh_link and sh_info fields are set in
5344 final_write_processing. */
5346 else if (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.events", sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1) == 0
5347 || strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel",
5348 sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1) == 0)
5350 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
;
5351 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
5352 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
5354 else if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") == 0)
5356 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_MSYM
;
5357 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
5358 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 8;
5361 /* In the unlikely event a special section is empty it has to lose its
5362 special meaning. This may happen e.g. when using `strip' with the
5363 "--only-keep-debug" option. */
5364 if (sec
->size
> 0 && !(sec
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
))
5365 hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
5367 /* The generic elf_fake_sections will set up REL_HDR using the default
5368 kind of relocations. We used to set up a second header for the
5369 non-default kind of relocations here, but only NewABI would use
5370 these, and the IRIX ld doesn't like resulting empty RELA sections.
5371 Thus we create those header only on demand now. */
5376 /* Given a BFD section, try to locate the corresponding ELF section
5377 index. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI.
5378 Actually, it's not clear to me that the 64-bit ABI supports these,
5379 but for non-PIC objects we will certainly want support for at least
5380 the .scommon section. */
5383 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
5384 asection
*sec
, int *retval
)
5386 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), ".scommon") == 0)
5388 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
5391 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), ".acommon") == 0)
5393 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
;
5399 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
5400 file. We must handle the special MIPS section numbers here. */
5403 _bfd_mips_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5404 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
, const char **namep
,
5405 flagword
*flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
5406 asection
**secp
, bfd_vma
*valp
)
5408 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
5409 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
5410 && strcmp (*namep
, "_rld_new_interface") == 0)
5412 /* Skip IRIX5 rld entry name. */
5417 switch (sym
->st_shndx
)
5420 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
5421 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols. */
5422 if (sym
->st_size
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
5423 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
5426 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
5427 *secp
= bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd
, ".scommon");
5428 (*secp
)->flags
|= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
5429 *valp
= sym
->st_size
;
5433 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
5434 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
== NULL
)
5436 asymbol
*elf_text_symbol
;
5437 asection
*elf_text_section
;
5438 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (asection
);
5440 elf_text_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5441 if (elf_text_section
== NULL
)
5444 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
5445 elf_text_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5446 if (elf_text_symbol
== NULL
)
5449 /* Initialize the section. */
5451 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
= elf_text_section
;
5452 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
5454 elf_text_section
->symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
5455 elf_text_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
;
5457 elf_text_section
->name
= ".text";
5458 elf_text_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
5459 elf_text_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
5460 elf_text_section
->owner
= abfd
;
5461 elf_text_symbol
->name
= ".text";
5462 elf_text_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
5463 elf_text_symbol
->section
= elf_text_section
;
5465 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
5466 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
5467 so I took it out. */
5468 *secp
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
;
5471 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
5472 /* Fall through. XXX Can we treat this as allocated data? */
5474 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
5475 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
== NULL
)
5477 asymbol
*elf_data_symbol
;
5478 asection
*elf_data_section
;
5479 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (asection
);
5481 elf_data_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5482 if (elf_data_section
== NULL
)
5485 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
5486 elf_data_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5487 if (elf_data_symbol
== NULL
)
5490 /* Initialize the section. */
5492 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
= elf_data_section
;
5493 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
5495 elf_data_section
->symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
5496 elf_data_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
;
5498 elf_data_section
->name
= ".data";
5499 elf_data_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
5500 elf_data_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
5501 elf_data_section
->owner
= abfd
;
5502 elf_data_symbol
->name
= ".data";
5503 elf_data_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
5504 elf_data_symbol
->section
= elf_data_section
;
5506 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
5507 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
5508 so I took it out. */
5509 *secp
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
;
5512 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
5513 *secp
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
5517 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
5519 && info
->hash
->creator
== abfd
->xvec
5520 && strcmp (*namep
, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
5522 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5523 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
5525 /* Mark __rld_obj_head as dynamic. */
5527 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5528 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, *secp
, *valp
, NULL
, FALSE
,
5529 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
5532 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
5535 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
5537 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
5540 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
= TRUE
;
5543 /* If this is a mips16 text symbol, add 1 to the value to make it
5544 odd. This will cause something like .word SYM to come up with
5545 the right value when it is loaded into the PC. */
5546 if (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
)
5552 /* This hook function is called before the linker writes out a global
5553 symbol. We mark symbols as small common if appropriate. This is
5554 also where we undo the increment of the value for a mips16 symbol. */
5557 _bfd_mips_elf_link_output_symbol_hook
5558 (struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
5559 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
5560 asection
*input_sec
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
5562 /* If we see a common symbol, which implies a relocatable link, then
5563 if a symbol was small common in an input file, mark it as small
5564 common in the output file. */
5565 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
5566 && strcmp (input_sec
->name
, ".scommon") == 0)
5567 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
5569 if (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
)
5570 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
5575 /* Functions for the dynamic linker. */
5577 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
5580 _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5582 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5583 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
5585 register asection
*s
;
5586 const char * const *namep
;
5588 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
5589 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
5591 /* Mips ABI requests the .dynamic section to be read only. */
5592 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
5595 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
))
5599 /* We need to create .got section. */
5600 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
, FALSE
))
5603 if (! mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
, TRUE
))
5606 /* Create .stub section. */
5607 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
5608 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)) == NULL
)
5610 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
,
5611 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd
),
5614 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
5615 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
5619 if ((IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
|| IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_none
)
5621 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rld_map") == NULL
)
5623 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".rld_map",
5624 flags
&~ (flagword
) SEC_READONLY
);
5626 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
5627 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
5631 /* On IRIX5, we adjust add some additional symbols and change the
5632 alignments of several sections. There is no ABI documentation
5633 indicating that this is necessary on IRIX6, nor any evidence that
5634 the linker takes such action. */
5635 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
5637 for (namep
= mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
; *namep
!= NULL
; namep
++)
5640 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5641 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_und_section_ptr
, 0,
5642 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
5645 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
5648 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
5650 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
5654 /* We need to create a .compact_rel section. */
5655 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
5657 if (!mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section (abfd
, info
))
5661 /* Change alignments of some sections. */
5662 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".hash");
5664 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
5665 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
5667 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
5668 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
5670 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
5671 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
5673 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
5674 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
5676 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
5683 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING";
5685 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5686 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
, 0,
5687 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
5690 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
5693 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
5695 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
5698 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
)
5700 /* __rld_map is a four byte word located in the .data section
5701 and is filled in by the rtld to contain a pointer to
5702 the _r_debug structure. Its symbol value will be set in
5703 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol. */
5704 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rld_map");
5705 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
5707 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "__rld_map" : "__RLD_MAP";
5709 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5710 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, s
, 0, NULL
, FALSE
,
5711 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
5714 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
5717 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
5719 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
5727 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
5728 allocate space in the global offset table. */
5731 _bfd_mips_elf_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5732 asection
*sec
, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
)
5736 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
5737 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
5738 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
5740 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
5741 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel_end
;
5744 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5746 if (info
->relocatable
)
5749 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5750 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
5751 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
5752 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5754 /* Check for the mips16 stub sections. */
5756 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
5757 if (strncmp (name
, FN_STUB
, sizeof FN_STUB
- 1) == 0)
5759 unsigned long r_symndx
;
5761 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
5764 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocs
->r_info
);
5766 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
5767 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
5771 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
5772 needed if there is some relocation in this BFD, other
5773 than a 16 bit function call, which refers to this symbol. */
5774 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
5776 Elf_Internal_Rela
*sec_relocs
;
5777 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, *rend
;
5779 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
5780 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
5781 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
5782 || strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, o
), FN_STUB
,
5783 sizeof FN_STUB
- 1) == 0
5784 || strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, o
), CALL_STUB
,
5785 sizeof CALL_STUB
- 1) == 0
5786 || strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, o
), CALL_FP_STUB
,
5787 sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) == 0)
5791 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
5793 if (sec_relocs
== NULL
)
5796 rend
= sec_relocs
+ o
->reloc_count
;
5797 for (r
= sec_relocs
; r
< rend
; r
++)
5798 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == r_symndx
5799 && ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, r
->r_info
) != R_MIPS16_26
)
5802 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= sec_relocs
)
5811 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
5812 not need it. Since this function is called before
5813 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
5814 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
5816 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
5820 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol stubs for
5822 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
== NULL
)
5824 unsigned long symcount
;
5828 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
5829 symcount
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
5831 symcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5832 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (asection
*);
5833 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5836 elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
= n
;
5839 elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] = sec
;
5841 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
5842 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
5843 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
5844 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
5848 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5850 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
5851 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
5853 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
5854 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
5855 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
5857 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
5860 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
5863 else if (strncmp (name
, CALL_STUB
, sizeof CALL_STUB
- 1) == 0
5864 || strncmp (name
, CALL_FP_STUB
, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) == 0)
5866 unsigned long r_symndx
;
5867 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5870 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
5873 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocs
->r_info
);
5875 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
5876 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
5878 /* This stub was actually built for a static symbol defined
5879 in the same file. We assume that all static symbols in
5880 mips16 code are themselves mips16, so we can simply
5881 discard this stub. Since this function is called before
5882 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we can
5883 easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
5884 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
5888 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
5889 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
5891 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
5893 if (strncmp (name
, CALL_FP_STUB
, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) == 0)
5894 loc
= &h
->call_fp_stub
;
5896 loc
= &h
->call_stub
;
5898 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
5899 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
5900 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
5901 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
5902 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. We can also discard this section if we
5903 happen to already know that this is a mips16 function; it is
5904 not necessary to check this here, as it is checked later, but
5905 it is slightly faster to check now. */
5906 if (*loc
!= NULL
|| h
->root
.other
== STO_MIPS16
)
5908 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
5913 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
5923 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
5928 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) != NULL
);
5929 g
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
5930 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
5935 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5936 rel_end
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
5937 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; ++rel
)
5939 unsigned long r_symndx
;
5940 unsigned int r_type
;
5941 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5943 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
5944 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
5946 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
5948 else if (r_symndx
>= extsymoff
+ NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
))
5950 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5951 (_("%B: Malformed reloc detected for section %s"),
5953 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5958 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
5960 /* This may be an indirect symbol created because of a version. */
5963 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
5964 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
5968 /* Some relocs require a global offset table. */
5969 if (dynobj
== NULL
|| sgot
== NULL
)
5975 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5976 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5977 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5978 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5979 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
5980 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
5981 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5983 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
5985 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
5986 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj
, info
, FALSE
))
5988 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, &sgot
);
5995 && (info
->shared
|| h
!= NULL
)
5996 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
5997 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
6005 if (!h
&& (r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
6006 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
6007 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
))
6009 /* We may need a local GOT entry for this relocation. We
6010 don't count R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE because we can estimate the
6011 maximum number of pages needed by looking at the size of
6012 the segment. Similar comments apply to R_MIPS_GOT16 and
6013 R_MIPS_CALL16. We don't count R_MIPS_GOT_HI16, or
6014 R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 because these are always followed by an
6015 R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 or R_MIPS_CALL_LO16. */
6016 if (! mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, r_symndx
,
6017 rel
->r_addend
, g
, 0))
6026 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
6027 (_("%B: CALL16 reloc at 0x%lx not against global symbol"),
6028 abfd
, (unsigned long) rel
->r_offset
);
6029 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
6034 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
6035 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
6038 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */
6039 if (! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, g
, 0))
6042 /* We need a stub, not a plt entry for the undefined
6043 function. But we record it as if it needs plt. See
6044 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
6050 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
6051 /* If this is a global, overridable symbol, GOT_PAGE will
6052 decay to GOT_DISP, so we'll need a GOT entry for it. */
6057 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
=
6058 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
6060 while (hmips
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
6061 || hmips
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
6062 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
6063 hmips
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
6065 if (hmips
->root
.def_regular
6066 && ! (info
->shared
&& ! info
->symbolic
6067 && ! hmips
->root
.forced_local
))
6073 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
6074 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
6075 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
6076 if (h
&& ! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, g
, 0))
6080 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
6082 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
6085 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
6086 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
)
6094 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry, or two
6095 for TLS GD relocations. */
6097 unsigned char flag
= (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GD
6099 : r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
6104 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
=
6105 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
6106 hmips
->tls_type
|= flag
;
6108 if (h
&& ! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, g
, flag
))
6113 BFD_ASSERT (flag
== GOT_TLS_LDM
|| r_symndx
!= 0);
6115 if (! mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, r_symndx
,
6116 rel
->r_addend
, g
, flag
))
6125 if ((info
->shared
|| h
!= NULL
)
6126 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
6130 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj
, TRUE
);
6134 #define MIPS_READONLY_SECTION (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)
6137 /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
6138 reloc types into the output file as R_MIPS_REL32
6139 relocs. We make room for this reloc in the
6140 .rel.dyn reloc section. */
6141 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, 1);
6142 if ((sec
->flags
& MIPS_READONLY_SECTION
)
6143 == MIPS_READONLY_SECTION
)
6144 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
6145 relocations against the text segment. */
6146 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
6150 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
6152 /* We only need to copy this reloc if the symbol is
6153 defined in a dynamic object. */
6154 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
6155 ++hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
6156 if ((sec
->flags
& MIPS_READONLY_SECTION
)
6157 == MIPS_READONLY_SECTION
)
6158 /* We need it to tell the dynamic linker if there
6159 are relocations against the text segment. */
6160 hmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
6163 /* Even though we don't directly need a GOT entry for
6164 this symbol, a symbol must have a dynamic symbol
6165 table index greater that DT_MIPS_GOTSYM if there are
6166 dynamic relocations against it. */
6170 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
6171 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj
, info
, TRUE
))
6173 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, &sgot
);
6174 if (! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, g
, 0))
6179 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
6180 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
6181 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
6185 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
6186 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
6187 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
6188 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
6189 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
6190 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
6193 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
6194 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
6195 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
6196 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
6200 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
6201 used. Record for later use during GC. */
6202 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
6203 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
6211 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations
6212 related to taking the function's address. */
6218 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*mh
;
6220 mh
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
6221 mh
->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
6225 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
6226 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
6231 /* If this reloc is not a 16 bit call, and it has a global
6232 symbol, then we will need the fn_stub if there is one.
6233 References from a stub section do not count. */
6235 && r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
6236 && strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), FN_STUB
,
6237 sizeof FN_STUB
- 1) != 0
6238 && strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), CALL_STUB
,
6239 sizeof CALL_STUB
- 1) != 0
6240 && strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), CALL_FP_STUB
,
6241 sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) != 0)
6243 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*mh
;
6245 mh
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
6246 mh
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
6254 _bfd_mips_relax_section (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
6255 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
6258 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
6259 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
6260 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
6261 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
6263 bfd_boolean changed_contents
= FALSE
;
6264 bfd_vma sec_start
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
6265 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
6267 /* We are not currently changing any sizes, so only one pass. */
6270 if (link_info
->relocatable
)
6273 internal_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
6274 link_info
->keep_memory
);
6275 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
6278 irelend
= internal_relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
6279 * get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
6280 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
6281 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
6283 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
6286 bfd_signed_vma sym_offset
;
6287 unsigned int r_type
;
6288 unsigned long r_symndx
;
6290 unsigned long instruction
;
6292 /* Turn jalr into bgezal, and jr into beq, if they're marked
6293 with a JALR relocation, that indicate where they jump to.
6294 This saves some pipeline bubbles. */
6295 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, irel
->r_info
);
6296 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_JALR
)
6299 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, irel
->r_info
);
6300 /* Compute the address of the jump target. */
6301 if (r_symndx
>= extsymoff
)
6303 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
6304 = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
6305 elf_sym_hashes (abfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
6307 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
6308 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
6309 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
6311 /* If a symbol is undefined, or if it may be overridden,
6313 if (! ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6314 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6315 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
6316 || (link_info
->shared
&& ! link_info
->symbolic
6317 && !h
->root
.forced_local
))
6320 sym_sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
6321 if (sym_sec
->output_section
)
6322 symval
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
6323 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
6324 + sym_sec
->output_offset
);
6326 symval
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
6330 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
6332 /* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already. */
6333 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& symtab_hdr
->sh_info
!= 0)
6335 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
6336 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
6337 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
6338 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
, 0,
6340 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
6344 isym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
6345 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
6347 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
6348 sym_sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
6349 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
6350 sym_sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
6353 = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
6354 symval
= isym
->st_value
6355 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
6356 + sym_sec
->output_offset
;
6359 /* Compute branch offset, from delay slot of the jump to the
6361 sym_offset
= (symval
+ irel
->r_addend
)
6362 - (sec_start
+ irel
->r_offset
+ 4);
6364 /* Branch offset must be properly aligned. */
6365 if ((sym_offset
& 3) != 0)
6370 /* Check that it's in range. */
6371 if (sym_offset
< -0x8000 || sym_offset
>= 0x8000)
6374 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
6375 if (contents
== NULL
)
6377 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
6378 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
6379 contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
6382 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
6387 instruction
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, contents
+ irel
->r_offset
);
6389 /* If it was jalr <reg>, turn it into bgezal $zero, <target>. */
6390 if ((instruction
& 0xfc1fffff) == 0x0000f809)
6391 instruction
= 0x04110000;
6392 /* If it was jr <reg>, turn it into b <target>. */
6393 else if ((instruction
& 0xfc1fffff) == 0x00000008)
6394 instruction
= 0x10000000;
6398 instruction
|= (sym_offset
& 0xffff);
6399 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, instruction
, contents
+ irel
->r_offset
);
6400 changed_contents
= TRUE
;
6403 if (contents
!= NULL
6404 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
6406 if (!changed_contents
&& !link_info
->keep_memory
)
6410 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
6411 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
6417 if (contents
!= NULL
6418 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
6423 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
6424 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
6425 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
6426 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
6430 _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6431 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6434 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
6437 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6439 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
6440 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
6442 || h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
6445 && !h
->def_regular
)));
6447 /* If this symbol is defined in a dynamic object, we need to copy
6448 any R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_REL32 relocs against it into the output
6450 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
6451 if (! info
->relocatable
6452 && hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
!= 0
6453 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
6454 || !h
->def_regular
))
6456 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
,
6457 hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
);
6458 if (hmips
->readonly_reloc
)
6459 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are relocations
6460 against the text segment. */
6461 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
6464 /* For a function, create a stub, if allowed. */
6465 if (! hmips
->no_fn_stub
6468 if (! elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6471 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, then set
6472 the symbol to the stub location. This is required to make
6473 function pointers compare as equal between the normal
6474 executable and the shared library. */
6475 if (!h
->def_regular
)
6477 /* We need .stub section. */
6478 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
,
6479 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
));
6480 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6482 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
6483 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= s
->size
;
6485 /* XXX Write this stub address somewhere. */
6486 h
->plt
.offset
= s
->size
;
6488 /* Make room for this stub code. */
6489 s
->size
+= MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
;
6491 /* The last half word of the stub will be filled with the index
6492 of this symbol in .dynsym section. */
6496 else if ((h
->type
== STT_FUNC
)
6499 /* This will set the entry for this symbol in the GOT to 0, and
6500 the dynamic linker will take care of this. */
6501 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= 0;
6505 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
6506 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
6507 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
6508 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
)
6510 BFD_ASSERT (h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6511 || h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
6512 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
6513 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
6517 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
6518 is not a function. */
6523 /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
6524 and the input sections have been assigned to output sections. We
6525 check for any mips16 stub sections that we can discard. */
6528 _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
6529 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6535 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
6537 bfd_size_type loadable_size
= 0;
6538 bfd_size_type local_gotno
;
6540 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg count_tls_arg
;
6542 /* The .reginfo section has a fixed size. */
6543 ri
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".reginfo");
6545 bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd
, ri
, sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
6547 if (! (info
->relocatable
6548 || ! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
))
6549 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
6550 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs
, NULL
);
6552 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6554 /* Relocatable links don't have it. */
6557 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, &s
);
6561 /* Calculate the total loadable size of the output. That
6562 will give us the maximum number of GOT_PAGE entries
6564 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
; sub
= sub
->link_next
)
6566 asection
*subsection
;
6568 for (subsection
= sub
->sections
;
6570 subsection
= subsection
->next
)
6572 if ((subsection
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
6574 loadable_size
+= ((subsection
->size
+ 0xf)
6575 &~ (bfd_size_type
) 0xf);
6579 /* There has to be a global GOT entry for every symbol with
6580 a dynamic symbol table index of DT_MIPS_GOTSYM or
6581 higher. Therefore, it make sense to put those symbols
6582 that need GOT entries at the end of the symbol table. We
6584 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info
, 1))
6587 if (g
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
)
6588 i
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
- g
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
6590 /* If there are no global symbols, or none requiring
6591 relocations, then GLOBAL_GOTSYM will be NULL. */
6594 /* In the worst case, we'll get one stub per dynamic symbol, plus
6595 one to account for the dummy entry at the end required by IRIX
6597 loadable_size
+= MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
* (i
+ 1);
6599 /* Assume there are two loadable segments consisting of
6600 contiguous sections. Is 5 enough? */
6601 local_gotno
= (loadable_size
>> 16) + 5;
6603 g
->local_gotno
+= local_gotno
;
6604 s
->size
+= g
->local_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
6606 g
->global_gotno
= i
;
6607 s
->size
+= i
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
6609 /* We need to calculate tls_gotno for global symbols at this point
6610 instead of building it up earlier, to avoid doublecounting
6611 entries for one global symbol from multiple input files. */
6612 count_tls_arg
.info
= info
;
6613 count_tls_arg
.needed
= 0;
6614 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6615 mips_elf_count_global_tls_entries
,
6617 g
->tls_gotno
+= count_tls_arg
.needed
;
6618 s
->size
+= g
->tls_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
6620 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g
);
6622 if (s
->size
> MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (output_bfd
))
6624 if (! mips_elf_multi_got (output_bfd
, info
, g
, s
, local_gotno
))
6629 /* Set up TLS entries for the first GOT. */
6630 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
;
6631 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index
, g
);
6637 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
6640 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
6641 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6645 bfd_boolean reltext
;
6647 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6648 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
);
6650 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6652 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
6653 if (info
->executable
)
6655 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".interp");
6656 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6658 = strlen (ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
)) + 1;
6660 = (bfd_byte
*) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
);
6664 /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
6665 determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. Allocate
6668 for (s
= dynobj
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
6672 /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
6673 of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files. */
6674 name
= bfd_get_section_name (dynobj
, s
);
6676 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
6679 if (strncmp (name
, ".rel", 4) == 0)
6683 const char *outname
;
6686 /* If this relocation section applies to a read only
6687 section, then we probably need a DT_TEXTREL entry.
6688 If the relocation section is .rel.dyn, we always
6689 assert a DT_TEXTREL entry rather than testing whether
6690 there exists a relocation to a read only section or
6692 outname
= bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd
,
6694 target
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, outname
+ 4);
6696 && (target
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0
6697 && (target
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
6698 || strcmp (outname
, ".rel.dyn") == 0)
6701 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
6702 to copy relocs into the output file. */
6703 if (strcmp (name
, ".rel.dyn") != 0)
6706 /* If combreloc is enabled, elf_link_sort_relocs() will
6707 sort relocations, but in a different way than we do,
6708 and before we're done creating relocations. Also, it
6709 will move them around between input sections'
6710 relocation's contents, so our sorting would be
6711 broken, so don't let it run. */
6712 info
->combreloc
= 0;
6715 else if (strncmp (name
, ".got", 4) == 0)
6717 /* _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections() has already done
6718 most of the work, but some symbols may have been mapped
6719 to versions that we must now resolve in the got_entries
6721 struct mips_got_info
*gg
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, NULL
);
6722 struct mips_got_info
*g
= gg
;
6723 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg set_got_offset_arg
;
6724 unsigned int needed_relocs
= 0;
6728 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
6729 set_got_offset_arg
.info
= info
;
6731 /* NOTE 2005-02-03: How can this call, or the next, ever
6732 find any indirect entries to resolve? They were all
6733 resolved in mips_elf_multi_got. */
6734 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (gg
);
6735 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
&& g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
6737 unsigned int save_assign
;
6739 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g
);
6741 /* Assign offsets to global GOT entries. */
6742 save_assign
= g
->assigned_gotno
;
6743 g
->assigned_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
;
6744 set_got_offset_arg
.g
= g
;
6745 set_got_offset_arg
.needed_relocs
= 0;
6746 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
,
6747 mips_elf_set_global_got_offset
,
6748 &set_got_offset_arg
);
6749 needed_relocs
+= set_got_offset_arg
.needed_relocs
;
6750 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_gotno
- g
->local_gotno
6751 <= g
->global_gotno
);
6753 g
->assigned_gotno
= save_assign
;
6756 needed_relocs
+= g
->local_gotno
- g
->assigned_gotno
;
6757 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_gotno
== g
->next
->local_gotno
6758 + g
->next
->global_gotno
6759 + g
->next
->tls_gotno
6760 + MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO
);
6766 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg arg
;
6770 htab_traverse (gg
->got_entries
, mips_elf_count_local_tls_relocs
,
6772 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6773 mips_elf_count_global_tls_relocs
,
6776 needed_relocs
+= arg
.needed
;
6780 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, needed_relocs
);
6782 else if (strcmp (name
, MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd
)) == 0)
6784 /* IRIX rld assumes that the function stub isn't at the end
6785 of .text section. So put a dummy. XXX */
6786 s
->size
+= MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
;
6788 else if (! info
->shared
6789 && ! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
6790 && strncmp (name
, ".rld_map", 8) == 0)
6792 /* We add a room for __rld_map. It will be filled in by the
6793 rtld to contain a pointer to the _r_debug structure. */
6796 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
)
6797 && strncmp (name
, ".compact_rel", 12) == 0)
6798 s
->size
+= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
;
6799 else if (strncmp (name
, ".init", 5) != 0)
6801 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
6807 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6811 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
6814 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
6815 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (dynobj
, s
->size
);
6816 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
6818 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory
);
6823 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6825 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
6826 values later, in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
6827 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
6828 the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
6829 dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
6832 /* SGI object has the equivalence of DT_DEBUG in the
6833 DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP entry. */
6834 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
, 0))
6836 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6838 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_DEBUG
, 0))
6844 /* Shared libraries on traditional mips have DT_DEBUG. */
6845 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6847 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_DEBUG
, 0))
6852 if (reltext
&& SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6853 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
6855 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) != 0)
6857 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_TEXTREL
, 0))
6861 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTGOT
, 0))
6864 if (mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj
, FALSE
))
6866 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_REL
, 0))
6869 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELSZ
, 0))
6872 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELENT
, 0))
6876 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
, 0))
6879 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_FLAGS
, 0))
6882 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
, 0))
6885 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
, 0))
6888 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
, 0))
6891 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
, 0))
6894 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
, 0))
6897 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix5
6898 && ! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
, 0))
6901 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix6
6902 && (bfd_get_section_by_name
6903 (dynobj
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
)))
6904 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
, 0))
6911 /* Relocate a MIPS ELF section. */
6914 _bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6915 bfd
*input_bfd
, asection
*input_section
,
6916 bfd_byte
*contents
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
6917 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
6918 asection
**local_sections
)
6920 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
6921 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
;
6923 bfd_boolean use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
6924 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6926 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
6927 relend
= relocs
+ input_section
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
6928 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; ++rel
)
6932 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
6933 bfd_boolean require_jalx
;
6934 /* TRUE if the relocation is a RELA relocation, rather than a
6936 bfd_boolean rela_relocation_p
= TRUE
;
6937 unsigned int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
6940 /* Find the relocation howto for this relocation. */
6941 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
6943 /* Some 32-bit code uses R_MIPS_64. In particular, people use
6944 64-bit code, but make sure all their addresses are in the
6945 lowermost or uppermost 32-bit section of the 64-bit address
6946 space. Thus, when they use an R_MIPS_64 they mean what is
6947 usually meant by R_MIPS_32, with the exception that the
6948 stored value is sign-extended to 64 bits. */
6949 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, R_MIPS_32
, FALSE
);
6951 /* On big-endian systems, we need to lie about the position
6953 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
6957 /* NewABI defaults to RELA relocations. */
6958 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, r_type
,
6959 NEWABI_P (input_bfd
)
6960 && (MIPS_RELOC_RELA_P
6961 (input_bfd
, input_section
,
6964 if (!use_saved_addend_p
)
6966 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
6968 /* If these relocations were originally of the REL variety,
6969 we must pull the addend out of the field that will be
6970 relocated. Otherwise, we simply use the contents of the
6971 RELA relocation. To determine which flavor or relocation
6972 this is, we depend on the fact that the INPUT_SECTION's
6973 REL_HDR is read before its REL_HDR2. */
6974 rel_hdr
= &elf_section_data (input_section
)->rel_hdr
;
6975 if ((size_t) (rel
- relocs
)
6976 >= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (rel_hdr
) * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
))
6977 rel_hdr
= elf_section_data (input_section
)->rel_hdr2
;
6978 if (rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
== MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (input_bfd
))
6980 bfd_byte
*location
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
;
6982 /* Note that this is a REL relocation. */
6983 rela_relocation_p
= FALSE
;
6985 /* Get the addend, which is stored in the input file. */
6986 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd
, r_type
, FALSE
,
6988 addend
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, rel
, input_bfd
,
6990 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle(input_bfd
, r_type
, FALSE
,
6993 addend
&= howto
->src_mask
;
6995 /* For some kinds of relocations, the ADDEND is a
6996 combination of the addend stored in two different
6998 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HI16
|| r_type
== R_MIPS16_HI16
6999 || (r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
7000 && mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
,
7001 local_sections
, FALSE
)))
7004 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*lo16_relocation
;
7005 reloc_howto_type
*lo16_howto
;
7006 bfd_byte
*lo16_location
;
7009 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_HI16
)
7010 lo16_type
= R_MIPS16_LO16
;
7012 lo16_type
= R_MIPS_LO16
;
7014 /* The combined value is the sum of the HI16 addend,
7015 left-shifted by sixteen bits, and the LO16
7016 addend, sign extended. (Usually, the code does
7017 a `lui' of the HI16 value, and then an `addiu' of
7020 Scan ahead to find a matching LO16 relocation.
7022 According to the MIPS ELF ABI, the R_MIPS_LO16
7023 relocation must be immediately following.
7024 However, for the IRIX6 ABI, the next relocation
7025 may be a composed relocation consisting of
7026 several relocations for the same address. In
7027 that case, the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation may occur
7028 as one of these. We permit a similar extension
7029 in general, as that is useful for GCC. */
7030 lo16_relocation
= mips_elf_next_relocation (input_bfd
,
7033 if (lo16_relocation
== NULL
)
7036 lo16_location
= contents
+ lo16_relocation
->r_offset
;
7038 /* Obtain the addend kept there. */
7039 lo16_howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
,
7041 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd
, lo16_type
, FALSE
,
7043 l
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (lo16_howto
, lo16_relocation
,
7044 input_bfd
, contents
);
7045 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle (input_bfd
, lo16_type
, FALSE
,
7047 l
&= lo16_howto
->src_mask
;
7048 l
<<= lo16_howto
->rightshift
;
7049 l
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (l
, 16);
7053 /* Compute the combined addend. */
7057 addend
<<= howto
->rightshift
;
7060 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
7063 if (info
->relocatable
)
7065 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7066 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7068 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
)
7069 && bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
7072 /* Since we're just relocating, all we need to do is copy
7073 the relocations back out to the object file, unless
7074 they're against a section symbol, in which case we need
7075 to adjust by the section offset, or unless they're GP
7076 relative in which case we need to adjust by the amount
7077 that we're adjusting GP in this relocatable object. */
7079 if (! mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
, local_sections
,
7081 /* There's nothing to do for non-local relocations. */
7084 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_GPREL
7085 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GPREL16
7086 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GPREL32
7087 || r_type
== R_MIPS_LITERAL
)
7088 addend
-= (_bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
)
7089 - _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
));
7091 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
7092 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
7093 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
7094 /* Adjust the addend appropriately. */
7095 addend
+= local_sections
[r_symndx
]->output_offset
;
7097 if (rela_relocation_p
)
7098 /* If this is a RELA relocation, just update the addend. */
7099 rel
->r_addend
= addend
;
7102 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HI16
7103 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
)
7104 addend
= mips_elf_high (addend
);
7105 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHER
)
7106 addend
= mips_elf_higher (addend
);
7107 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHEST
)
7108 addend
= mips_elf_highest (addend
);
7110 addend
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
7112 /* We use the source mask, rather than the destination
7113 mask because the place to which we are writing will be
7114 source of the addend in the final link. */
7115 addend
&= howto
->src_mask
;
7117 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
7118 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
7119 ABI. Here, we need to update the addend. It would be
7120 possible to get away with just using the R_MIPS_32 reloc
7121 but for endianness. */
7127 if (addend
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
7129 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
7136 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
7137 do two separate stores. */
7138 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
7140 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
7142 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
7148 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
7150 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
7151 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7152 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
7153 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
7157 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, addend
,
7158 input_bfd
, input_section
,
7163 /* Go on to the next relocation. */
7167 /* In the N32 and 64-bit ABIs there may be multiple consecutive
7168 relocations for the same offset. In that case we are
7169 supposed to treat the output of each relocation as the addend
7171 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
7172 && rel
->r_offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
7173 && ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, rel
[1].r_info
) != R_MIPS_NONE
)
7174 use_saved_addend_p
= TRUE
;
7176 use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
7178 /* Figure out what value we are supposed to relocate. */
7179 switch (mips_elf_calculate_relocation (output_bfd
, input_bfd
,
7180 input_section
, info
, rel
,
7181 addend
, howto
, local_syms
,
7182 local_sections
, &value
,
7183 &name
, &require_jalx
,
7184 use_saved_addend_p
))
7186 case bfd_reloc_continue
:
7187 /* There's nothing to do. */
7190 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
7191 /* mips_elf_calculate_relocation already called the
7192 undefined_symbol callback. There's no real point in
7193 trying to perform the relocation at this point, so we
7194 just skip ahead to the next relocation. */
7197 case bfd_reloc_notsupported
:
7198 msg
= _("internal error: unsupported relocation error");
7199 info
->callbacks
->warning
7200 (info
, msg
, name
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
7203 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
7204 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
7205 /* Ignore overflow until we reach the last relocation for
7206 a given location. */
7210 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
7211 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
7212 (info
, NULL
, name
, howto
->name
, (bfd_vma
) 0,
7213 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
)))
7226 /* If we've got another relocation for the address, keep going
7227 until we reach the last one. */
7228 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
7234 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
7235 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
7236 ABI. Until now, we've been using the HOWTO for R_MIPS_32;
7237 that calculated the right value. Now, however, we
7238 sign-extend the 32-bit result to 64-bits, and store it as a
7239 64-bit value. We are especially generous here in that we
7240 go to extreme lengths to support this usage on systems with
7241 only a 32-bit VMA. */
7247 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
7249 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
7256 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
7257 do two separate stores. */
7258 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
7260 /* Undo what we did above. */
7262 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
7264 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
7270 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
7272 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
7273 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7274 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
7275 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
7279 /* Actually perform the relocation. */
7280 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, value
,
7281 input_bfd
, input_section
,
7282 contents
, require_jalx
))
7289 /* If NAME is one of the special IRIX6 symbols defined by the linker,
7290 adjust it appropriately now. */
7293 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7294 const char *name
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
7296 /* The linker script takes care of providing names and values for
7297 these, but we must place them into the right sections. */
7298 static const char* const text_section_symbols
[] = {
7301 "__dso_displacement",
7303 "__program_header_table",
7307 static const char* const data_section_symbols
[] = {
7315 const char* const *p
;
7318 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; ++i
)
7319 for (p
= (i
== 0) ? text_section_symbols
: data_section_symbols
;
7322 if (strcmp (*p
, name
) == 0)
7324 /* All of these symbols are given type STT_SECTION by the
7326 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
7327 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
7329 /* The IRIX linker puts these symbols in special sections. */
7331 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
7333 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
7339 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
7340 dynamic sections here. */
7343 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
7344 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7345 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
7346 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
7350 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
7353 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
7355 if (h
->plt
.offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
7358 bfd_byte stub
[MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
];
7360 /* This symbol has a stub. Set it up. */
7362 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
7364 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
,
7365 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
));
7366 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7368 /* FIXME: Can h->dynindex be more than 64K? */
7369 if (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff0000)
7372 /* Fill the stub. */
7373 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LW (output_bfd
), stub
);
7374 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_MOVE (output_bfd
), stub
+ 4);
7375 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR
, stub
+ 8);
7376 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LI16 (output_bfd
) + h
->dynindx
, stub
+ 12);
7378 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.offset
<= s
->size
);
7379 memcpy (s
->contents
+ h
->plt
.offset
, stub
, MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
);
7381 /* Mark the symbol as undefined. plt.offset != -1 occurs
7382 only for the referenced symbol. */
7383 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
7385 /* The run-time linker uses the st_value field of the symbol
7386 to reset the global offset table entry for this external
7387 to its stub address when unlinking a shared object. */
7388 sym
->st_value
= (s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
7392 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1
7393 || h
->forced_local
);
7395 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
7396 BFD_ASSERT (sgot
!= NULL
);
7397 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) != NULL
);
7398 g
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
7399 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
7401 /* Run through the global symbol table, creating GOT entries for all
7402 the symbols that need them. */
7403 if (g
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
7404 && h
->dynindx
>= g
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
)
7409 value
= sym
->st_value
;
7410 offset
= mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj
, output_bfd
, h
, R_MIPS_GOT16
, info
);
7411 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, value
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
7414 if (g
->next
&& h
->dynindx
!= -1 && h
->type
!= STT_TLS
)
7416 struct mips_got_entry e
, *p
;
7422 e
.abfd
= output_bfd
;
7424 e
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
;
7427 for (g
= g
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
7430 && (p
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) htab_find (g
->got_entries
,
7435 || (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
7437 && p
->d
.h
->root
.def_dynamic
7438 && !p
->d
.h
->root
.def_regular
))
7440 /* Create an R_MIPS_REL32 relocation for this entry. Due to
7441 the various compatibility problems, it's easier to mock
7442 up an R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_64 relocation and leave
7443 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation to calculate the
7444 appropriate addend. */
7445 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
7447 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
7448 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
7449 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_64
);
7451 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_32
);
7452 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
= offset
;
7455 if (! (mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
7456 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
,
7457 e
.d
.h
, NULL
, sym
->st_value
, &entry
, sgot
)))
7461 entry
= sym
->st_value
;
7462 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, entry
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
7467 /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. */
7468 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
7469 if (strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC") == 0
7470 || strcmp (name
, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
7471 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
7472 else if (strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0
7473 || strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
7475 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
7476 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
7479 else if (strcmp (name
, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
7481 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
7482 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
7483 sym
->st_value
= elf_gp (output_bfd
);
7485 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
7487 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
7488 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
7490 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
7491 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
7493 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
7495 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
7497 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
7498 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
7499 sym
->st_value
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
;
7500 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
7502 else if (sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
&& sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_ABS
)
7504 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
)
7505 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
7506 else if (h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
)
7507 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
7511 /* Handle the IRIX6-specific symbols. */
7512 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix6
)
7513 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd
, name
, sym
);
7517 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
7518 && (strcmp (name
, "__rld_map") == 0
7519 || strcmp (name
, "__RLD_MAP") == 0))
7521 asection
*s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".rld_map");
7522 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7523 sym
->st_value
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
7524 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0, s
->contents
);
7525 if (mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_value
== 0)
7526 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_value
= sym
->st_value
;
7528 else if (mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
7529 && strcmp (name
, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
7531 /* IRIX6 does not use a .rld_map section. */
7532 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix5
7533 || IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_none
)
7534 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".rld_map")
7536 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_value
= sym
->st_value
;
7540 /* If this is a mips16 symbol, force the value to be even. */
7541 if (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
)
7542 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
7547 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
7550 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
7551 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7556 struct mips_got_info
*gg
, *g
;
7558 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
7560 sdyn
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
7562 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
7567 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) != NULL
);
7568 gg
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
7569 BFD_ASSERT (gg
!= NULL
);
7570 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg
, output_bfd
);
7571 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
7574 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
7578 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
7579 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
7581 for (b
= sdyn
->contents
;
7582 b
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
7583 b
+= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
))
7585 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
7589 bfd_boolean swap_out_p
;
7591 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
7592 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
) (dynobj
, b
, &dyn
);
7594 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
7600 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
7601 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7602 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj
);
7606 /* Rewrite DT_STRSZ. */
7608 _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
7613 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, name
);
7614 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7615 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
;
7618 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
:
7619 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= 1; /* XXX */
7623 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= RHF_NOTPOT
; /* XXX */
7626 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP
:
7627 time ((time_t *) &dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
7630 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM
:
7635 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION
:
7640 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
:
7641 s
= output_bfd
->sections
;
7642 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7643 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffff;
7646 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
:
7647 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
;
7650 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
:
7651 /* The index into the dynamic symbol table which is the
7652 entry of the first external symbol that is not
7653 referenced within the same object. */
7654 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= bfd_count_sections (output_bfd
) + 1;
7657 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
:
7658 if (gg
->global_gotsym
)
7660 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= gg
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
7663 /* In case if we don't have global got symbols we default
7664 to setting DT_MIPS_GOTSYM to the same value as
7665 DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, so we just fall through. */
7667 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
:
7669 elemsize
= MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE (output_bfd
);
7670 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, name
);
7671 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7673 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= s
->size
/ elemsize
;
7676 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
:
7677 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
- MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO
;
7680 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
:
7681 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_value
;
7684 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
7685 s
= (bfd_get_section_by_name
7686 (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd
)));
7687 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
;
7696 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_out
)
7701 /* The first entry of the global offset table will be filled at
7702 runtime. The second entry will be used by some runtime loaders.
7703 This isn't the case of IRIX rld. */
7704 if (sgot
!= NULL
&& sgot
->size
> 0)
7706 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0, sgot
->contents
);
7707 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0x80000000,
7708 sgot
->contents
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
7712 elf_section_data (sgot
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
7713 = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
7715 /* Generate dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots. */
7716 if (gg
!= NULL
&& gg
->next
)
7718 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
7721 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
7722 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_REL32
);
7724 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
7726 bfd_vma index
= g
->next
->local_gotno
+ g
->next
->global_gotno
7727 + g
->next
->tls_gotno
;
7729 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0, sgot
->contents
7730 + index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
7731 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0x80000000, sgot
->contents
7732 + index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
7737 while (index
< g
->assigned_gotno
)
7739 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
7740 = index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
7741 if (!(mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
7742 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
, NULL
,
7743 bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
7746 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
7751 /* The generation of dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots
7752 adds more dynamic relocations. We cannot count them until
7755 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
7758 bfd_boolean swap_out_p
;
7760 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
7762 for (b
= sdyn
->contents
;
7763 b
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
7764 b
+= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
))
7766 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
7769 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
7770 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
) (dynobj
, b
, &dyn
);
7772 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
7778 /* Reduce DT_RELSZ to account for any relocations we
7779 decided not to make. This is for the n64 irix rld,
7780 which doesn't seem to apply any relocations if there
7781 are trailing null entries. */
7782 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
7783 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= (s
->reloc_count
7784 * (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
7785 ? sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)
7786 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
7795 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_out
)
7802 Elf32_compact_rel cpt
;
7804 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
7806 /* Write .compact_rel section out. */
7807 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
7811 cpt
.num
= s
->reloc_count
;
7813 cpt
.offset
= (s
->output_section
->filepos
7814 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
7817 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (output_bfd
, &cpt
,
7818 ((Elf32_External_compact_rel
*)
7821 /* Clean up a dummy stub function entry in .text. */
7822 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
,
7823 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
));
7826 file_ptr dummy_offset
;
7828 BFD_ASSERT (s
->size
>= MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
);
7829 dummy_offset
= s
->size
- MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
;
7830 memset (s
->contents
+ dummy_offset
, 0,
7831 MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
);
7836 /* We need to sort the entries of the dynamic relocation section. */
7838 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
7841 && s
->size
> (bfd_vma
)2 * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
))
7843 reldyn_sorting_bfd
= output_bfd
;
7845 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
7846 qsort ((Elf64_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1, s
->reloc_count
- 1,
7847 sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
), sort_dynamic_relocs_64
);
7849 qsort ((Elf32_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1, s
->reloc_count
- 1,
7850 sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
), sort_dynamic_relocs
);
7858 /* Set ABFD's EF_MIPS_ARCH and EF_MIPS_MACH flags. */
7861 mips_set_isa_flags (bfd
*abfd
)
7865 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd
))
7868 case bfd_mach_mips3000
:
7869 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
;
7872 case bfd_mach_mips3900
:
7873 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
| E_MIPS_MACH_3900
;
7876 case bfd_mach_mips6000
:
7877 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_2
;
7880 case bfd_mach_mips4000
:
7881 case bfd_mach_mips4300
:
7882 case bfd_mach_mips4400
:
7883 case bfd_mach_mips4600
:
7884 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
;
7887 case bfd_mach_mips4010
:
7888 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4010
;
7891 case bfd_mach_mips4100
:
7892 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4100
;
7895 case bfd_mach_mips4111
:
7896 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4111
;
7899 case bfd_mach_mips4120
:
7900 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4120
;
7903 case bfd_mach_mips4650
:
7904 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4650
;
7907 case bfd_mach_mips5400
:
7908 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5400
;
7911 case bfd_mach_mips5500
:
7912 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5500
;
7915 case bfd_mach_mips9000
:
7916 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_9000
;
7919 case bfd_mach_mips5000
:
7920 case bfd_mach_mips7000
:
7921 case bfd_mach_mips8000
:
7922 case bfd_mach_mips10000
:
7923 case bfd_mach_mips12000
:
7924 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
;
7927 case bfd_mach_mips5
:
7928 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_5
;
7931 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1
:
7932 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
| E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
;
7935 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32
:
7936 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32
;
7939 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64
:
7940 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
;
7943 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
:
7944 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
;
7947 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
:
7948 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
;
7951 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
7952 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
|= val
;
7957 /* The final processing done just before writing out a MIPS ELF object
7958 file. This gets the MIPS architecture right based on the machine
7959 number. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
7962 _bfd_mips_elf_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
,
7963 bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7966 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
7970 /* Keep the existing EF_MIPS_MACH and EF_MIPS_ARCH flags if the former
7971 is nonzero. This is for compatibility with old objects, which used
7972 a combination of a 32-bit EF_MIPS_ARCH and a 64-bit EF_MIPS_MACH. */
7973 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
) == 0)
7974 mips_set_isa_flags (abfd
);
7976 /* Set the sh_info field for .gptab sections and other appropriate
7977 info for each special section. */
7978 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) + 1;
7979 i
< elf_numsections (abfd
);
7982 switch ((*hdrpp
)->sh_type
)
7985 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
7986 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
7988 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
7991 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
7992 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
7993 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
7994 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
7995 && strncmp (name
, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) == 0);
7996 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1);
7997 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
7998 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
8001 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
8002 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
8003 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
8004 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
8005 && strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.content",
8006 sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1) == 0);
8007 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
8008 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1);
8009 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
8010 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
8013 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
8014 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
8016 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
8017 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".liblist");
8019 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
8022 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
8023 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
8024 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
8025 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
8026 if (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.events", sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1) == 0)
8027 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
8028 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1);
8031 BFD_ASSERT (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel",
8032 sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1) == 0);
8033 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
8035 + sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1));
8037 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
8038 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
8045 /* When creating an IRIX5 executable, we need REGINFO and RTPROC
8049 _bfd_mips_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd
*abfd
)
8054 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO segment. */
8055 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
8056 if (s
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
))
8059 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment. */
8060 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
8061 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
8062 MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)))
8065 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_RTPROC segment. */
8066 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
8067 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic")
8068 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug"))
8074 /* Modify the segment map for an IRIX5 executable. */
8077 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
8078 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
8081 struct elf_segment_map
*m
, **pm
;
8084 /* If there is a .reginfo section, we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO
8086 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
8087 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
8089 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
8090 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
8095 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8099 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
8103 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
8104 pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
8106 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
8107 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
8115 /* For IRIX 6, we don't have .mdebug sections, nor does anything but
8116 .dynamic end up in PT_DYNAMIC. However, we do have to insert a
8117 PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment immediately following the program header
8120 /* On non-IRIX6 new abi, we'll have already created a segment
8121 for this section, so don't create another. I'm not sure this
8122 is not also the case for IRIX 6, but I can't test it right
8124 && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
8126 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
; s
= s
->next
)
8127 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
8132 struct elf_segment_map
*options_segment
;
8134 pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
8136 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
8137 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
8140 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
8141 options_segment
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8142 options_segment
->next
= *pm
;
8143 options_segment
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
8144 options_segment
->p_flags
= PF_R
;
8145 options_segment
->p_flags_valid
= TRUE
;
8146 options_segment
->count
= 1;
8147 options_segment
->sections
[0] = s
;
8148 *pm
= options_segment
;
8153 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
8155 /* If there are .dynamic and .mdebug sections, we make a room
8156 for the RTPROC header. FIXME: Rewrite without section names. */
8157 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp") == NULL
8158 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
8159 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug") != NULL
)
8161 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
8162 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_RTPROC
)
8167 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8171 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_RTPROC
;
8173 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
8178 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
8186 /* We want to put it after the DYNAMIC segment. */
8187 pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
8188 while (*pm
!= NULL
&& (*pm
)->p_type
!= PT_DYNAMIC
)
8198 /* On IRIX5, the PT_DYNAMIC segment includes the .dynamic,
8199 .dynstr, .dynsym, and .hash sections, and everything in
8201 for (pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; *pm
!= NULL
;
8203 if ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
)
8206 if (m
!= NULL
&& IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_none
)
8208 /* For a normal mips executable the permissions for the PT_DYNAMIC
8209 segment are read, write and execute. We do that here since
8210 the code in elf.c sets only the read permission. This matters
8211 sometimes for the dynamic linker. */
8212 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
)
8214 m
->p_flags
= PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
;
8215 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
8219 && m
->count
== 1 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") == 0)
8221 static const char *sec_names
[] =
8223 ".dynamic", ".dynstr", ".dynsym", ".hash"
8227 struct elf_segment_map
*n
;
8231 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof sec_names
/ sizeof sec_names
[0]; i
++)
8233 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec_names
[i
]);
8234 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
8241 if (high
< s
->vma
+ sz
)
8247 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
8248 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
8250 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= high
)
8253 amt
= sizeof *n
+ (bfd_size_type
) (c
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
8254 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8261 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
8263 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
8265 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= high
)
8279 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
8283 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
8284 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8285 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
8286 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
8287 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
8289 /* ??? Do mips16 stub sections need to be handled special? */
8293 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
))
8295 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
8296 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
8300 switch (h
->root
.type
)
8302 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
8303 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
8304 return h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
8306 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
8307 return h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
8315 return bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec
->owner
, sym
->st_shndx
);
8320 /* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed. */
8323 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_sweep_hook (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8324 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8325 asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8326 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
8329 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
8330 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
8331 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got_refcounts
;
8332 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
, *relend
;
8333 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8334 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8336 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8337 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
8338 local_got_refcounts
= elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd
);
8340 relend
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
8341 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
8342 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
))
8346 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8347 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8348 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8349 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8350 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8351 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8352 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
8353 /* ??? It would seem that the existing MIPS code does no sort
8354 of reference counting or whatnot on its GOT and PLT entries,
8355 so it is not possible to garbage collect them at this time. */
8366 /* Copy data from a MIPS ELF indirect symbol to its direct symbol,
8367 hiding the old indirect symbol. Process additional relocation
8368 information. Also called for weakdefs, in which case we just let
8369 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect copy the flags for us. */
8372 _bfd_mips_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
,
8373 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
8374 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
8376 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*dirmips
, *indmips
;
8378 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (bed
, dir
, ind
);
8380 if (ind
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
8383 dirmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) dir
;
8384 indmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) ind
;
8385 dirmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
+= indmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
8386 if (indmips
->readonly_reloc
)
8387 dirmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
8388 if (indmips
->no_fn_stub
)
8389 dirmips
->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
8391 if (dirmips
->tls_type
== 0)
8392 dirmips
->tls_type
= indmips
->tls_type
;
8394 BFD_ASSERT (indmips
->tls_type
== 0);
8398 _bfd_mips_elf_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
8399 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*entry
,
8400 bfd_boolean force_local
)
8404 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
8405 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8407 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
8408 if (h
->forced_local
)
8410 h
->forced_local
= force_local
;
8412 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8413 if (dynobj
!= NULL
&& force_local
&& h
->root
.type
!= STT_TLS
)
8415 got
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
8416 g
= mips_elf_section_data (got
)->u
.got_info
;
8420 struct mips_got_entry e
;
8421 struct mips_got_info
*gg
= g
;
8423 /* Since we're turning what used to be a global symbol into a
8424 local one, bump up the number of local entries of each GOT
8425 that had an entry for it. This will automatically decrease
8426 the number of global entries, since global_gotno is actually
8427 the upper limit of global entries. */
8433 for (g
= g
->next
; g
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
8434 if (htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &e
))
8436 BFD_ASSERT (g
->global_gotno
> 0);
8441 /* If this was a global symbol forced into the primary GOT, we
8442 no longer need an entry for it. We can't release the entry
8443 at this point, but we must at least stop counting it as one
8444 of the symbols that required a forced got entry. */
8445 if (h
->root
.got
.offset
== 2)
8447 BFD_ASSERT (gg
->assigned_gotno
> 0);
8448 gg
->assigned_gotno
--;
8451 else if (g
->global_gotno
== 0 && g
->global_gotsym
== NULL
)
8452 /* If we haven't got through GOT allocation yet, just bump up the
8453 number of local entries, as this symbol won't be counted as
8456 else if (h
->root
.got
.offset
== 1)
8458 /* If we're past non-multi-GOT allocation and this symbol had
8459 been marked for a global got entry, give it a local entry
8461 BFD_ASSERT (g
->global_gotno
> 0);
8467 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, &h
->root
, force_local
);
8473 _bfd_mips_elf_discard_info (bfd
*abfd
, struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
8474 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8477 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
8478 unsigned char *tdata
;
8481 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".pdr");
8486 if (o
->size
% PDR_SIZE
!= 0)
8488 if (o
->output_section
!= NULL
8489 && bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
8492 tdata
= bfd_zmalloc (o
->size
/ PDR_SIZE
);
8496 cookie
->rels
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
8504 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
8505 cookie
->relend
= cookie
->rels
+ o
->reloc_count
;
8507 for (i
= 0, skip
= 0; i
< o
->size
/ PDR_SIZE
; i
++)
8509 if (bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (i
* PDR_SIZE
, cookie
))
8518 mips_elf_section_data (o
)->u
.tdata
= tdata
;
8519 o
->size
-= skip
* PDR_SIZE
;
8525 if (! info
->keep_memory
)
8526 free (cookie
->rels
);
8532 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection
*sec
)
8534 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") == 0)
8540 _bfd_mips_elf_write_section (bfd
*output_bfd
, asection
*sec
,
8543 bfd_byte
*to
, *from
, *end
;
8546 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") != 0)
8549 if (mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
== NULL
)
8553 end
= contents
+ sec
->size
;
8554 for (from
= contents
, i
= 0;
8556 from
+= PDR_SIZE
, i
++)
8558 if ((mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
)[i
] == 1)
8561 memcpy (to
, from
, PDR_SIZE
);
8564 bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, sec
->output_section
, contents
,
8565 sec
->output_offset
, sec
->size
);
8569 /* MIPS ELF uses a special find_nearest_line routine in order the
8570 handle the ECOFF debugging information. */
8572 struct mips_elf_find_line
8574 struct ecoff_debug_info d
;
8575 struct ecoff_find_line i
;
8579 _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*section
,
8580 asymbol
**symbols
, bfd_vma offset
,
8581 const char **filename_ptr
,
8582 const char **functionname_ptr
,
8583 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
8587 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
8588 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
8592 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
8593 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
8594 line_ptr
, ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? 8 : 0,
8595 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
))
8598 msec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug");
8602 struct mips_elf_find_line
*fi
;
8603 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
* const swap
=
8604 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
8606 /* If we are called during a link, mips_elf_final_link may have
8607 cleared the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS field. We force it back on here
8608 if appropriate (which it normally will be). */
8609 origflags
= msec
->flags
;
8610 if (elf_section_data (msec
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
8611 msec
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
8613 fi
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
;
8616 bfd_size_type external_fdr_size
;
8619 struct fdr
*fdr_ptr
;
8620 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_find_line
);
8622 fi
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8625 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
8629 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (abfd
, msec
, &fi
->d
))
8631 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
8635 /* Swap in the FDR information. */
8636 amt
= fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* sizeof (struct fdr
);
8637 fi
->d
.fdr
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
8638 if (fi
->d
.fdr
== NULL
)
8640 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
8643 external_fdr_size
= swap
->external_fdr_size
;
8644 fdr_ptr
= fi
->d
.fdr
;
8645 fraw_src
= (char *) fi
->d
.external_fdr
;
8646 fraw_end
= (fraw_src
8647 + fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* external_fdr_size
);
8648 for (; fraw_src
< fraw_end
; fraw_src
+= external_fdr_size
, fdr_ptr
++)
8649 (*swap
->swap_fdr_in
) (abfd
, fraw_src
, fdr_ptr
);
8651 elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
= fi
;
8653 /* Note that we don't bother to ever free this information.
8654 find_nearest_line is either called all the time, as in
8655 objdump -l, so the information should be saved, or it is
8656 rarely called, as in ld error messages, so the memory
8657 wasted is unimportant. Still, it would probably be a
8658 good idea for free_cached_info to throw it away. */
8661 if (_bfd_ecoff_locate_line (abfd
, section
, offset
, &fi
->d
, swap
,
8662 &fi
->i
, filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
8665 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
8669 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
8672 /* Fall back on the generic ELF find_nearest_line routine. */
8674 return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
8675 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
8680 _bfd_mips_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd
*abfd
,
8681 const char **filename_ptr
,
8682 const char **functionname_ptr
,
8683 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
8686 found
= _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd
, filename_ptr
,
8687 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
8688 & elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
8693 /* When are writing out the .options or .MIPS.options section,
8694 remember the bytes we are writing out, so that we can install the
8695 GP value in the section_processing routine. */
8698 _bfd_mips_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
, sec_ptr section
,
8699 const void *location
,
8700 file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type count
)
8702 if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (section
->name
))
8706 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
8708 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_elf_section_data
);
8709 section
->used_by_bfd
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8710 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
8713 c
= mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
;
8716 c
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, section
->size
);
8719 mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
= c
;
8722 memcpy (c
+ offset
, location
, count
);
8725 return _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (abfd
, section
, location
, offset
,
8729 /* This is almost identical to bfd_generic_get_... except that some
8730 MIPS relocations need to be handled specially. Sigh. */
8733 _bfd_elf_mips_get_relocated_section_contents
8735 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
8736 struct bfd_link_order
*link_order
,
8738 bfd_boolean relocatable
,
8741 /* Get enough memory to hold the stuff */
8742 bfd
*input_bfd
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
->owner
;
8743 asection
*input_section
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8746 long reloc_size
= bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (input_bfd
, input_section
);
8747 arelent
**reloc_vector
= NULL
;
8753 reloc_vector
= bfd_malloc (reloc_size
);
8754 if (reloc_vector
== NULL
&& reloc_size
!= 0)
8757 /* read in the section */
8758 sz
= input_section
->rawsize
? input_section
->rawsize
: input_section
->size
;
8759 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
, data
, 0, sz
))
8762 reloc_count
= bfd_canonicalize_reloc (input_bfd
,
8766 if (reloc_count
< 0)
8769 if (reloc_count
> 0)
8774 bfd_vma gp
= 0x12345678; /* initialize just to shut gcc up */
8777 struct bfd_hash_entry
*h
;
8778 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*lh
;
8779 /* Skip all this stuff if we aren't mixing formats. */
8780 if (abfd
&& input_bfd
8781 && abfd
->xvec
== input_bfd
->xvec
)
8785 h
= bfd_hash_lookup (&link_info
->hash
->table
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
);
8786 lh
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8793 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
8794 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
8795 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
8798 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
8799 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
8801 gp
= lh
->u
.def
.value
;
8803 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
8804 case bfd_link_hash_warning
:
8806 /* @@FIXME ignoring warning for now */
8808 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
8817 for (parent
= reloc_vector
; *parent
!= NULL
; parent
++)
8819 char *error_message
= NULL
;
8820 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
8822 /* Specific to MIPS: Deal with relocation types that require
8823 knowing the gp of the output bfd. */
8824 asymbol
*sym
= *(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
;
8826 /* If we've managed to find the gp and have a special
8827 function for the relocation then go ahead, else default
8828 to the generic handling. */
8830 && (*parent
)->howto
->special_function
8831 == _bfd_mips_elf32_gprel16_reloc
)
8832 r
= _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (input_bfd
, sym
, *parent
,
8833 input_section
, relocatable
,
8836 r
= bfd_perform_relocation (input_bfd
, *parent
, data
,
8838 relocatable
? abfd
: NULL
,
8843 asection
*os
= input_section
->output_section
;
8845 /* A partial link, so keep the relocs */
8846 os
->orelocation
[os
->reloc_count
] = *parent
;
8850 if (r
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
8854 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
8855 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
8856 (link_info
, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
8857 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
,
8861 case bfd_reloc_dangerous
:
8862 BFD_ASSERT (error_message
!= NULL
);
8863 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_dangerous
)
8864 (link_info
, error_message
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
8865 (*parent
)->address
)))
8868 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
8869 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
8871 bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
8872 (*parent
)->howto
->name
, (*parent
)->addend
,
8873 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
)))
8876 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
8885 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
8886 free (reloc_vector
);
8890 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
8891 free (reloc_vector
);
8895 /* Create a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
8897 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
8898 _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
8900 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
8901 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
);
8903 ret
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
8907 if (! _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret
->root
, abfd
,
8908 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc
))
8915 /* We no longer use this. */
8916 for (i
= 0; i
< SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
; i
++)
8917 ret
->dynsym_sec_strindex
[i
] = (bfd_size_type
) -1;
8919 ret
->procedure_count
= 0;
8920 ret
->compact_rel_size
= 0;
8921 ret
->use_rld_obj_head
= FALSE
;
8923 ret
->mips16_stubs_seen
= FALSE
;
8925 return &ret
->root
.root
;
8928 /* We need to use a special link routine to handle the .reginfo and
8929 the .mdebug sections. We need to merge all instances of these
8930 sections together, not write them all out sequentially. */
8933 _bfd_mips_elf_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8936 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
8937 asection
*reginfo_sec
, *mdebug_sec
, *gptab_data_sec
, *gptab_bss_sec
;
8938 asection
*rtproc_sec
;
8939 Elf32_RegInfo reginfo
;
8940 struct ecoff_debug_info debug
;
8941 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8942 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
= bed
->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
8943 HDRR
*symhdr
= &debug
.symbolic_header
;
8944 void *mdebug_handle
= NULL
;
8950 static const char * const secname
[] =
8952 ".text", ".init", ".fini", ".data",
8953 ".rodata", ".sdata", ".sbss", ".bss"
8955 static const int sc
[] =
8957 scText
, scInit
, scFini
, scData
,
8958 scRData
, scSData
, scSBss
, scBss
8961 /* We'd carefully arranged the dynamic symbol indices, and then the
8962 generic size_dynamic_sections renumbered them out from under us.
8963 Rather than trying somehow to prevent the renumbering, just do
8965 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
8969 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
8970 bfd_size_type dynsecsymcount
;
8972 /* When we resort, we must tell mips_elf_sort_hash_table what
8973 the lowest index it may use is. That's the number of section
8974 symbols we're going to add. The generic ELF linker only
8975 adds these symbols when building a shared object. Note that
8976 we count the sections after (possibly) removing the .options
8984 for (p
= abfd
->sections
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
8985 if ((p
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
8986 && (p
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
8987 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym
) (abfd
, info
, p
))
8991 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info
, dynsecsymcount
+ 1))
8994 /* Make sure we didn't grow the global .got region. */
8995 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8996 got
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
8997 g
= mips_elf_section_data (got
)->u
.got_info
;
8999 if (g
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
)
9000 BFD_ASSERT ((elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
9001 - g
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
)
9002 <= g
->global_gotno
);
9005 /* Get a value for the GP register. */
9006 if (elf_gp (abfd
) == 0)
9008 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9010 h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
9011 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
9012 elf_gp (abfd
) = (h
->u
.def
.value
9013 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
9014 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
9015 else if (info
->relocatable
)
9017 bfd_vma lo
= MINUS_ONE
;
9019 /* Find the GP-relative section with the lowest offset. */
9020 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
9022 && (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_MIPS_GPREL
))
9025 /* And calculate GP relative to that. */
9026 elf_gp (abfd
) = lo
+ ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (abfd
);
9030 /* If the relocate_section function needs to do a reloc
9031 involving the GP value, it should make a reloc_dangerous
9032 callback to warn that GP is not defined. */
9036 /* Go through the sections and collect the .reginfo and .mdebug
9040 gptab_data_sec
= NULL
;
9041 gptab_bss_sec
= NULL
;
9042 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
9044 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
9046 memset (®info
, 0, sizeof reginfo
);
9048 /* We have found the .reginfo section in the output file.
9049 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
9050 the information together. */
9051 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
9053 asection
*input_section
;
9055 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
9058 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
9060 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
9065 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
9066 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
9068 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
,
9069 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
9072 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (input_bfd
, &ext
, &sub
);
9074 reginfo
.ri_gprmask
|= sub
.ri_gprmask
;
9075 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[0] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[0];
9076 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[1] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[1];
9077 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[2] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[2];
9078 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[3] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[3];
9080 /* ri_gp_value is set by the function
9081 mips_elf32_section_processing when the section is
9082 finally written out. */
9084 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
9085 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
9086 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
9089 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
9090 BFD_ASSERT(o
->size
== sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
9092 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
9093 matters, but someday it might). */
9094 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
9099 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
9101 struct extsym_info einfo
;
9104 /* We have found the .mdebug section in the output file.
9105 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
9106 the information together. */
9107 symhdr
->magic
= swap
->sym_magic
;
9108 /* FIXME: What should the version stamp be? */
9110 symhdr
->ilineMax
= 0;
9114 symhdr
->isymMax
= 0;
9115 symhdr
->ioptMax
= 0;
9116 symhdr
->iauxMax
= 0;
9118 symhdr
->issExtMax
= 0;
9121 symhdr
->iextMax
= 0;
9123 /* We accumulate the debugging information itself in the
9124 debug_info structure. */
9126 debug
.external_dnr
= NULL
;
9127 debug
.external_pdr
= NULL
;
9128 debug
.external_sym
= NULL
;
9129 debug
.external_opt
= NULL
;
9130 debug
.external_aux
= NULL
;
9132 debug
.ssext
= debug
.ssext_end
= NULL
;
9133 debug
.external_fdr
= NULL
;
9134 debug
.external_rfd
= NULL
;
9135 debug
.external_ext
= debug
.external_ext_end
= NULL
;
9137 mdebug_handle
= bfd_ecoff_debug_init (abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
9138 if (mdebug_handle
== NULL
)
9142 esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
9146 esym
.asym
.iss
= issNil
;
9147 esym
.asym
.st
= stLocal
;
9148 esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
9149 esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
9151 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof (secname
) / sizeof (secname
[0]); i
++)
9153 esym
.asym
.sc
= sc
[i
];
9154 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, secname
[i
]);
9157 esym
.asym
.value
= s
->vma
;
9158 last
= s
->vma
+ s
->size
;
9161 esym
.asym
.value
= last
;
9162 if (!bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (abfd
, &debug
, swap
,
9167 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
9169 asection
*input_section
;
9171 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*input_swap
;
9172 struct ecoff_debug_info input_debug
;
9176 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
9178 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
9183 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
9184 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
9186 if (bfd_get_flavour (input_bfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
9187 || (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd
)
9188 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
) == NULL
)
9190 /* I don't know what a non MIPS ELF bfd would be
9191 doing with a .mdebug section, but I don't really
9192 want to deal with it. */
9196 input_swap
= (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd
)
9197 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
);
9199 BFD_ASSERT (p
->size
== input_section
->size
);
9201 /* The ECOFF linking code expects that we have already
9202 read in the debugging information and set up an
9203 ecoff_debug_info structure, so we do that now. */
9204 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (input_bfd
, input_section
,
9208 if (! (bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate
9209 (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, input_bfd
,
9210 &input_debug
, input_swap
, info
)))
9213 /* Loop through the external symbols. For each one with
9214 interesting information, try to find the symbol in
9215 the linker global hash table and save the information
9216 for the output external symbols. */
9217 eraw_src
= input_debug
.external_ext
;
9218 eraw_end
= (eraw_src
9219 + (input_debug
.symbolic_header
.iextMax
9220 * input_swap
->external_ext_size
));
9222 eraw_src
< eraw_end
;
9223 eraw_src
+= input_swap
->external_ext_size
)
9227 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9229 (*input_swap
->swap_ext_in
) (input_bfd
, eraw_src
, &ext
);
9230 if (ext
.asym
.sc
== scNil
9231 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scUndefined
9232 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scSUndefined
)
9235 name
= input_debug
.ssext
+ ext
.asym
.iss
;
9236 h
= mips_elf_link_hash_lookup (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
9237 name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
9238 if (h
== NULL
|| h
->esym
.ifd
!= -2)
9244 < input_debug
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
);
9245 ext
.ifd
= input_debug
.ifdmap
[ext
.ifd
];
9251 /* Free up the information we just read. */
9252 free (input_debug
.line
);
9253 free (input_debug
.external_dnr
);
9254 free (input_debug
.external_pdr
);
9255 free (input_debug
.external_sym
);
9256 free (input_debug
.external_opt
);
9257 free (input_debug
.external_aux
);
9258 free (input_debug
.ss
);
9259 free (input_debug
.ssext
);
9260 free (input_debug
.external_fdr
);
9261 free (input_debug
.external_rfd
);
9262 free (input_debug
.external_ext
);
9264 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
9265 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
9266 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
9269 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && info
->shared
)
9271 /* Create .rtproc section. */
9272 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
9273 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
)
9275 flagword flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
9276 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
9278 rtproc_sec
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
,
9281 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
9282 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, rtproc_sec
, 4))
9286 if (! mips_elf_create_procedure_table (mdebug_handle
, abfd
,
9292 /* Build the external symbol information. */
9295 einfo
.debug
= &debug
;
9297 einfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
9298 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
9299 mips_elf_output_extsym
, &einfo
);
9303 /* Set the size of the .mdebug section. */
9304 o
->size
= bfd_ecoff_debug_size (abfd
, &debug
, swap
);
9306 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
9307 matters, but someday it might). */
9308 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
9313 if (strncmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) == 0)
9315 const char *subname
;
9318 Elf32_External_gptab
*ext_tab
;
9321 /* The .gptab.sdata and .gptab.sbss sections hold
9322 information describing how the small data area would
9323 change depending upon the -G switch. These sections
9324 not used in executables files. */
9325 if (! info
->relocatable
)
9327 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
9329 asection
*input_section
;
9331 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
9333 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
9338 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
9340 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
9341 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
9342 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
9345 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this
9346 currently matters, but someday it might). */
9347 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
9349 /* Really remove the section. */
9350 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, o
);
9351 --abfd
->section_count
;
9356 /* There is one gptab for initialized data, and one for
9357 uninitialized data. */
9358 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sdata") == 0)
9360 else if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sbss") == 0)
9364 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9365 (_("%s: illegal section name `%s'"),
9366 bfd_get_filename (abfd
), o
->name
);
9367 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
9371 /* The linker script always combines .gptab.data and
9372 .gptab.sdata into .gptab.sdata, and likewise for
9373 .gptab.bss and .gptab.sbss. It is possible that there is
9374 no .sdata or .sbss section in the output file, in which
9375 case we must change the name of the output section. */
9376 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
9377 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) == NULL
)
9379 if (o
== gptab_data_sec
)
9380 o
->name
= ".gptab.data";
9382 o
->name
= ".gptab.bss";
9383 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
9384 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) != NULL
);
9387 /* Set up the first entry. */
9389 amt
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
9390 tab
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
9393 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_current_g_value
= elf_gp_size (abfd
);
9394 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_unused
= 0;
9396 /* Combine the input sections. */
9397 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
9399 asection
*input_section
;
9403 bfd_size_type gpentry
;
9405 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
9407 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
9412 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
9413 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
9415 /* Combine the gptab entries for this input section one
9416 by one. We know that the input gptab entries are
9417 sorted by ascending -G value. */
9418 size
= input_section
->size
;
9420 for (gpentry
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
9422 gpentry
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))
9424 Elf32_External_gptab ext_gptab
;
9425 Elf32_gptab int_gptab
;
9431 if (! (bfd_get_section_contents
9432 (input_bfd
, input_section
, &ext_gptab
, gpentry
,
9433 sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))))
9439 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (input_bfd
, &ext_gptab
,
9441 val
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
9442 add
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
- last
;
9445 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
9447 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
>= val
)
9448 tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+= add
;
9450 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
== val
)
9456 Elf32_gptab
*new_tab
;
9459 /* We need a new table entry. */
9460 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) (c
+ 1) * sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
9461 new_tab
= bfd_realloc (tab
, amt
);
9462 if (new_tab
== NULL
)
9468 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= val
;
9469 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= add
;
9471 /* Merge in the size for the next smallest -G
9472 value, since that will be implied by this new
9475 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
9477 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
< val
9479 || (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
9480 > tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
)))
9484 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+=
9485 tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
9490 last
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
9493 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
9494 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
9495 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
9498 /* The table must be sorted by -G value. */
9500 qsort (tab
+ 1, c
- 1, sizeof (tab
[0]), gptab_compare
);
9502 /* Swap out the table. */
9503 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
9504 ext_tab
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
9505 if (ext_tab
== NULL
)
9511 for (j
= 0; j
< c
; j
++)
9512 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (abfd
, tab
+ j
, ext_tab
+ j
);
9515 o
->size
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
9516 o
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) ext_tab
;
9518 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
9519 matters, but someday it might). */
9520 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
9524 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
9525 if (!bfd_elf_final_link (abfd
, info
))
9528 /* Now write out the computed sections. */
9530 if (reginfo_sec
!= NULL
)
9532 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
9534 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (abfd
, ®info
, &ext
);
9535 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, reginfo_sec
, &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
9539 if (mdebug_sec
!= NULL
)
9541 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->output_has_begun
);
9542 if (! bfd_ecoff_write_accumulated_debug (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
,
9544 mdebug_sec
->filepos
))
9547 bfd_ecoff_debug_free (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
9550 if (gptab_data_sec
!= NULL
)
9552 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_data_sec
,
9553 gptab_data_sec
->contents
,
9554 0, gptab_data_sec
->size
))
9558 if (gptab_bss_sec
!= NULL
)
9560 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_bss_sec
,
9561 gptab_bss_sec
->contents
,
9562 0, gptab_bss_sec
->size
))
9566 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
9568 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
9569 if (rtproc_sec
!= NULL
)
9571 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, rtproc_sec
,
9572 rtproc_sec
->contents
,
9573 0, rtproc_sec
->size
))
9581 /* Structure for saying that BFD machine EXTENSION extends BASE. */
9583 struct mips_mach_extension
{
9584 unsigned long extension
, base
;
9588 /* An array describing how BFD machines relate to one another. The entries
9589 are ordered topologically with MIPS I extensions listed last. */
9591 static const struct mips_mach_extension mips_mach_extensions
[] = {
9592 /* MIPS64 extensions. */
9593 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
9594 { bfd_mach_mips_sb1
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
9596 /* MIPS V extensions. */
9597 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64
, bfd_mach_mips5
},
9599 /* R10000 extensions. */
9600 { bfd_mach_mips12000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
9602 /* R5000 extensions. Note: the vr5500 ISA is an extension of the core
9603 vr5400 ISA, but doesn't include the multimedia stuff. It seems
9604 better to allow vr5400 and vr5500 code to be merged anyway, since
9605 many libraries will just use the core ISA. Perhaps we could add
9606 some sort of ASE flag if this ever proves a problem. */
9607 { bfd_mach_mips5500
, bfd_mach_mips5400
},
9608 { bfd_mach_mips5400
, bfd_mach_mips5000
},
9610 /* MIPS IV extensions. */
9611 { bfd_mach_mips5
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
9612 { bfd_mach_mips10000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
9613 { bfd_mach_mips5000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
9614 { bfd_mach_mips7000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
9615 { bfd_mach_mips9000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
9617 /* VR4100 extensions. */
9618 { bfd_mach_mips4120
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
9619 { bfd_mach_mips4111
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
9621 /* MIPS III extensions. */
9622 { bfd_mach_mips8000
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
9623 { bfd_mach_mips4650
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
9624 { bfd_mach_mips4600
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
9625 { bfd_mach_mips4400
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
9626 { bfd_mach_mips4300
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
9627 { bfd_mach_mips4100
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
9628 { bfd_mach_mips4010
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
9630 /* MIPS32 extensions. */
9631 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa32
},
9633 /* MIPS II extensions. */
9634 { bfd_mach_mips4000
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
9635 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
9637 /* MIPS I extensions. */
9638 { bfd_mach_mips6000
, bfd_mach_mips3000
},
9639 { bfd_mach_mips3900
, bfd_mach_mips3000
}
9643 /* Return true if bfd machine EXTENSION is an extension of machine BASE. */
9646 mips_mach_extends_p (unsigned long base
, unsigned long extension
)
9650 for (i
= 0; extension
!= base
&& i
< ARRAY_SIZE (mips_mach_extensions
); i
++)
9651 if (extension
== mips_mach_extensions
[i
].extension
)
9652 extension
= mips_mach_extensions
[i
].base
;
9654 return extension
== base
;
9658 /* Return true if the given ELF header flags describe a 32-bit binary. */
9661 mips_32bit_flags_p (flagword flags
)
9663 return ((flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
) != 0
9664 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
9665 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
9666 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
9667 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
9668 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
9669 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
);
9673 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
9674 object file when linking. */
9677 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
9682 bfd_boolean null_input_bfd
= TRUE
;
9685 /* Check if we have the same endianess */
9686 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd
, obfd
))
9688 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9689 (_("%B: endianness incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
9694 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
9695 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
9698 if (strcmp (bfd_get_target (ibfd
), bfd_get_target (obfd
)) != 0)
9700 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9701 (_("%B: ABI is incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
9706 new_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
9707 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
9708 old_flags
= elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
;
9710 if (! elf_flags_init (obfd
))
9712 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
9713 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= new_flags
;
9714 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
9715 = elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
];
9717 if (bfd_get_arch (obfd
) == bfd_get_arch (ibfd
)
9718 && bfd_get_arch_info (obfd
)->the_default
)
9720 if (! bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd
, bfd_get_arch (ibfd
),
9721 bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
9728 /* Check flag compatibility. */
9730 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
9731 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
9733 /* Some IRIX 6 BSD-compatibility objects have this bit set. It
9734 doesn't seem to matter. */
9735 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
9736 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
9738 /* MIPSpro generates ucode info in n64 objects. Again, we should
9739 just be able to ignore this. */
9740 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE
;
9741 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE
;
9743 if (new_flags
== old_flags
)
9746 /* Check to see if the input BFD actually contains any sections.
9747 If not, its flags may not have been initialised either, but it cannot
9748 actually cause any incompatibility. */
9749 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
9751 /* Ignore synthetic sections and empty .text, .data and .bss sections
9752 which are automatically generated by gas. */
9753 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".reginfo")
9754 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".mdebug")
9756 || (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".text")
9757 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".data")
9758 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".bss"))))
9760 null_input_bfd
= FALSE
;
9769 if (((new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0)
9770 != ((old_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0))
9772 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9773 (_("%B: warning: linking PIC files with non-PIC files"),
9778 if (new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
))
9779 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= EF_MIPS_CPIC
;
9780 if (! (new_flags
& EF_MIPS_PIC
))
9781 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_PIC
;
9783 new_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
9784 old_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
9786 /* Compare the ISAs. */
9787 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (old_flags
) != mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
))
9789 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9790 (_("%B: linking 32-bit code with 64-bit code"),
9794 else if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (ibfd
), bfd_get_mach (obfd
)))
9796 /* OBFD's ISA isn't the same as, or an extension of, IBFD's. */
9797 if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd
), bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
9799 /* Copy the architecture info from IBFD to OBFD. Also copy
9800 the 32-bit flag (if set) so that we continue to recognise
9801 OBFD as a 32-bit binary. */
9802 bfd_set_arch_info (obfd
, bfd_get_arch_info (ibfd
));
9803 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
9804 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
9805 |= new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
9807 /* Copy across the ABI flags if OBFD doesn't use them
9808 and if that was what caused us to treat IBFD as 32-bit. */
9809 if ((old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == 0
9810 && mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
)
9811 && !mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
& ~EF_MIPS_ABI
))
9812 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
;
9816 /* The ISAs aren't compatible. */
9817 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9818 (_("%B: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
9820 bfd_printable_name (ibfd
),
9821 bfd_printable_name (obfd
));
9826 new_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
9827 old_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
9829 /* Compare ABIs. The 64-bit ABI does not use EF_MIPS_ABI. But, it
9830 does set EI_CLASS differently from any 32-bit ABI. */
9831 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
9832 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
9833 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
9835 /* Only error if both are set (to different values). */
9836 if (((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) && (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
9837 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
9838 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
9840 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9841 (_("%B: ABI mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
9843 elf_mips_abi_name (ibfd
),
9844 elf_mips_abi_name (obfd
));
9847 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
9848 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
9851 /* For now, allow arbitrary mixing of ASEs (retain the union). */
9852 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
))
9854 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
9856 new_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
9857 old_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
9860 /* Warn about any other mismatches */
9861 if (new_flags
!= old_flags
)
9863 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9864 (_("%B: uses different e_flags (0x%lx) fields than previous modules (0x%lx)"),
9865 ibfd
, (unsigned long) new_flags
,
9866 (unsigned long) old_flags
);
9872 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9879 /* Function to keep MIPS specific file flags like as EF_MIPS_PIC. */
9882 _bfd_mips_elf_set_private_flags (bfd
*abfd
, flagword flags
)
9884 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd
)
9885 || elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
== flags
);
9887 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
= flags
;
9888 elf_flags_init (abfd
) = TRUE
;
9893 _bfd_mips_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *ptr
)
9897 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
!= NULL
&& ptr
!= NULL
);
9899 /* Print normal ELF private data. */
9900 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd
, ptr
);
9902 /* xgettext:c-format */
9903 fprintf (file
, _("private flags = %lx:"), elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
);
9905 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
)
9906 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O32]"));
9907 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O64
)
9908 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O64]"));
9909 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
)
9910 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI32]"));
9911 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
)
9912 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI64]"));
9913 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
9914 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi unknown]"));
9915 else if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
9916 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=N32]"));
9917 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
9918 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=64]"));
9920 fprintf (file
, _(" [no abi set]"));
9922 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
)
9923 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips1]"));
9924 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
)
9925 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips2]"));
9926 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_3
)
9927 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips3]"));
9928 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_4
)
9929 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips4]"));
9930 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_5
)
9931 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips5]"));
9932 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
)
9933 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips32]"));
9934 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64
)
9935 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips64]"));
9936 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
)
9937 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips32r2]"));
9938 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
)
9939 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips64r2]"));
9941 fprintf (file
, _(" [unknown ISA]"));
9943 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX
)
9944 fprintf (file
, _(" [mdmx]"));
9946 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
)
9947 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips16]"));
9949 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
)
9950 fprintf (file
, _(" [32bitmode]"));
9952 fprintf (file
, _(" [not 32bitmode]"));
9959 const struct bfd_elf_special_section _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections
[] =
9961 { ".lit4", 5, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
9962 { ".lit8", 5, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
9963 { ".mdebug", 7, 0, SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
, 0 },
9964 { ".sbss", 5, -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
9965 { ".sdata", 6, -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
9966 { ".ucode", 6, 0, SHT_MIPS_UCODE
, 0 },
9967 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }